wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 120 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 121 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 122 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 123 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 124 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 125 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 126 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 127 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 128 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 129 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 130 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 131 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 132 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 133 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 134 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 135 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 136 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 137 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 138 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 139 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 140 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 141 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 142 OK = _core_.OK
 143 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 144 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 145 YES = _core_.YES
 146 NO = _core_.NO
 147 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 148 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 149 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 150 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 151 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 152 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 153 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 154 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 155 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 156 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 157 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 158 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 159 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 160 RESET = _core_.RESET
 161 HELP = _core_.HELP
 162 MORE = _core_.MORE
 163 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 164 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 165 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 166 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 167 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 168 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 169 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 170 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 171 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 172 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 173 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 174 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 175 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 176 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 177 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 178 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 179 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 180 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 181 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 182 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 183 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 184 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 185 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 186 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 187 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 188 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 189 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 190 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 191 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 192 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 193 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 194 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 195 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 196 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 197 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 198 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 199 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 200 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 201 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 202 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 203 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 204 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 205 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 206 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 207 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 208 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 209 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 210 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 211 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 212 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 213 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 214 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 215 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 216 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 217 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 219 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 223 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 224 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 225 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 226 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 227 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 228 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 229 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 230 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 231 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 232 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 233 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 234 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 235 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 236 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 237 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 238 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 239 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 240 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 241 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 242 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 243 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 244 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 245 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 246 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 247 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 248 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 249 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 250 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 251 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 252 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 253 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 254 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 255 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 256 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 257 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 258 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 259 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 260 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 265 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 266 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 267 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 268 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 269 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 270 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 271 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 272 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 273 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 274 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 275 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 276 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 277 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 278 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 279 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 280 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 281 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 282 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 283 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 284 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 285 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 286 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 287 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 288 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 289 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 290 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 291 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 292 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 293 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 294 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 295 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 296 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 297 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 298 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 299 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 300 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 301 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 302 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 303 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 304 UP = _core_.UP
 305 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 306 TOP = _core_.TOP
 307 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 308 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 309 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 310 WEST = _core_.WEST
 311 EAST = _core_.EAST
 312 ALL = _core_.ALL
 313 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 314 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 315 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 316 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 317 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 318 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 319 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 320 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 321 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 322 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 323 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 324 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 325 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 326 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 327 GROW = _core_.GROW
 328 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 329 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 330 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 331 TILE = _core_.TILE
 332 ADJUST_MINSIZE = 0
 333 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 334 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 335 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 336 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 337 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 338 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 339 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 340 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 341 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 342 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 343 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 344 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 345 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 346 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 347 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 348 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 349 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 350 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 351 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 352 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 353 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 354 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 355 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 356 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 357 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 358 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 359 DOT = _core_.DOT
 360 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 361 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 362 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 363 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 364 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 365 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 366 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 367 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 368 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 369 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 370 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 371 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 372 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 373 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 374 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 375 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 376 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 377 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 378 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 379 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 380 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 381 XOR = _core_.XOR
 382 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 383 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 384 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 385 COPY = _core_.COPY
 386 AND = _core_.AND
 387 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 388 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 389 NOR = _core_.NOR
 390 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 391 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 392 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 393 NAND = _core_.NAND
 394 OR = _core_.OR
 395 SET = _core_.SET
 396 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 397 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 398 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 399 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 400 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 401 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 402 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 403 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 404 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 405 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 406 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 407 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 408 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 409 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 410 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 411 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 412 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 413 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 414 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 415 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 416 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 417 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 418 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 419 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 420 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 421 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 422 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 423 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 424 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 425 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 426 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 427 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 428 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 429 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 430 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 431 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 432 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 433 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 434 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 435 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 436 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 437 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 438 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 439 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 440 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 441 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 442 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 443 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 444 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 445 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 446 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 447 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 448 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 449 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 450 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 451 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 452 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 453 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 454 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 455 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 456 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 457 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 458 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 459 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 460 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 461 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 462 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 463 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 464 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 465 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 466 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 467 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 468 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 469 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 470 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 471 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 472 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 473 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 474 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 475 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 476 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 495 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 496 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 497 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 498 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 499 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 500 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 501 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 502 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 503 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 504 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 505 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 506 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 507 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 508 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 509 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 510 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 511 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 512 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 513 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 514 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 515 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 516 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 517 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 518 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 519 WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP
 520 WXK_NEXT  = WXK_PAGEDOWN
 521 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 522 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT  = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 523
 524 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 525 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 526 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 527 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 528 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 529 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 530 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 531 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 532 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 533 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 534 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 535 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 536 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 537 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 538 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 539 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 540 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 541 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 542 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 543 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 544 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 545 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 546 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 547 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 548 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 549 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 550 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 551 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 552 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 553 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 554 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 555 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 556 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 557 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 558 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 559 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 560 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 561 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 562 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 563 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 564 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 565 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 566 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 567 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 568 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 569 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 570 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 571 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 572 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 573 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 574 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 575 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 576 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 577 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 578 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 579 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 580 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 581 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 582 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 583 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 584 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 585 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 588 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 589 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 590 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 591 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 592 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 593 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 594 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 595 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 596 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 597 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 598 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 599 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 600 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 601 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 611 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 613 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 614 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 616 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 617 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 618 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 619 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 620 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 621 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 622 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 623 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 624 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 625 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 626 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 627 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 628 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 630 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 631 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 641 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 642 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 643 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 644 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 645 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 646 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 647 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 648 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 649 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 650 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 651 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 652 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 653 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 659 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 660 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 661 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 662 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 663 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 664 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 665 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 666 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 667 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 668 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 669 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 670 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 671 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 672 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 673 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 674 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 675 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 676 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 677 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 678 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 679 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 680 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 681
 682 class Object(object):
 683     """
 684     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 685     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 686     """
 687     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 688     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 689     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 690     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 691         """
 692         GetClassName(self) -> String
 693
 694         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 695         """
 696         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 697
 698     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 699         """
 700         Destroy(self)
 701
 702         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 703         """
 704         args[0].this.own(False)
 705         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 706
 707     def IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs):
 708         """
 709         IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool
 710
 711         For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method
 712         can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data
 713         object.
 714         """
 715         return _core_.Object_IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs)
 716
 717     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 718 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 719 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 720 cvar = _core_.cvar
 721 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 722
 723 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 724
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 746 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 747 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 748 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 749 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 750 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 751 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 752 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 753 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 754 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 755 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 756 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 758 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 759 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 760 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 761 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 762 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 763 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 764 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 765 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 766 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 767 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 768 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 769 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 770 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 771 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 772 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 773 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 774 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 775 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 776 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 777 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 778
 779 class Size(object):
 780     """
 781     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 782     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 783     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 784     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 785     """
 786     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 787     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 788     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 789     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 790     x = width; y = height
 791     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 792         """
 793         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 794
 795         Creates a size object.
 796         """
 797         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 798     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 799     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 800     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 801         """
 802         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 803
 804         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 805         """
 806         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 807
 808     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 809         """
 810         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 811
 812         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 813         """
 814         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 815
 816     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 817         """
 818         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 819
 820         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 821         """
 822         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 823
 824     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 825         """
 826         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 827
 828         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 829         """
 830         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 831
 832     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 833         """
 834         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 835
 836         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 837         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 838         """
 839         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 840
 841     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 842         """
 843         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 844
 845         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 846         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 847         """
 848         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 849
 850     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 851         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 852         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 853
 854     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 855         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 856         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 857
 858     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 859         """
 860         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 861
 862         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 863         """
 864         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 865
 866     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 867         """
 868         Set(self, int w, int h)
 869
 870         Set both width and height.
 871         """
 872         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 873
 874     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 875         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 876         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 877
 878     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 879         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 880         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 881
 882     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 883         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 884         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 885
 886     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 887         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 888         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 889
 890     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 891         """
 892         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 893
 894         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 895         """
 896         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 897
 898     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 899         """
 900         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 901
 902         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 903         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 904         """
 905         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 906
 907     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 908         """
 909         Get() -> (width,height)
 910
 911         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 912         """
 913         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 914
 915     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 916     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 917     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 918     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 919     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 920     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 921         if index == 0: self.width = val
 922         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 923         else: raise IndexError
 924     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 925     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 926     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 927
 928 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 929
 930 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 931
 932 class RealPoint(object):
 933     """
 934     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 935     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 936     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 937     """
 938     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 939     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 940     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 941     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 942     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 943         """
 944         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 945
 946         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 947         """
 948         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 949     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 950     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 951     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 952         """
 953         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 954
 955         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 956         """
 957         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 958
 959     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 960         """
 961         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 962
 963         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 964         """
 965         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 966
 967     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 968         """
 969         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 970
 971         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 972         """
 973         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 974
 975     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 976         """
 977         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 978
 979         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 980         """
 981         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 982
 983     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 984         """
 985         Set(self, double x, double y)
 986
 987         Set both the x and y properties
 988         """
 989         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 990
 991     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 992         """
 993         Get() -> (x,y)
 994
 995         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 996         """
 997         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 998
 999     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1000     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1001     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
1002     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1003     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1004     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1005         if index == 0: self.x = val
1006         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1007         else: raise IndexError
1008     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1009     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1010     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1011
1012 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1013
1014 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1015
1016 class Point(object):
1017     """
1018     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1019     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1020     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1021     """
1022     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1023     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1024     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1025     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1026     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1027         """
1028         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1029
1030         Create a wx.Point object
1031         """
1032         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1033     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1034     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1035     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1036         """
1037         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1038
1039         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1040         """
1041         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1042
1043     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1044         """
1045         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1046
1047         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1048         """
1049         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1050
1051     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1052         """
1053         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1054
1055         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1056         """
1057         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1058
1059     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1060         """
1061         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1062
1063         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1064         """
1065         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1066
1067     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1068         """
1069         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1070
1071         Add pt to this object.
1072         """
1073         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1074
1075     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1076         """
1077         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1078
1079         Subtract pt from this object.
1080         """
1081         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1082
1083     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1084         """
1085         Set(self, long x, long y)
1086
1087         Set both the x and y properties
1088         """
1089         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1090
1091     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1092         """
1093         Get() -> (x,y)
1094
1095         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1096         """
1097         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1098
1099     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1100     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1101     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1102     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1103     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1104     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1105         if index == 0: self.x = val
1106         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1107         else: raise IndexError
1108     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1109     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1110     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1111
1112 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1113
1114 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1115
1116 class Rect(object):
1117     """
1118     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1119     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1120     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1121     """
1122     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1123     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1124     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1125         """
1126         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1127
1128         Create a new Rect object.
1129         """
1130         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1131     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1132     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1133     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1223         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1224
1225     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1226         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1227         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1228
1229     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1230         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1231         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1232
1233     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1234         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1235         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1236
1237     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1238         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1239         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1240
1241     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1242         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1243         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1244
1245     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1246         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1247         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1248
1249     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1250     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1251     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1252     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1253     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1254     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1255
1256     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1257         """
1258         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1259
1260         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1261
1262         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1263         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1264         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1265         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1266         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1267         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1268         direction.
1269
1270         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1271         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1272         first::
1273
1274             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1275             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1276
1277
1278         """
1279         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1280
1281     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1282         """
1283         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1284
1285         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1286         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1287         `Inflate` for a full description.
1288         """
1289         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1290
1291     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1292         """
1293         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1294
1295         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1296         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1297         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1298         """
1299         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1300
1301     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1302         """
1303         Offset(self, Point pt)
1304
1305         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1306         """
1307         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1308
1309     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1310         """
1311         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1312
1313         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1314         """
1315         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1316
1317     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1318         """
1319         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1320
1321         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1322         """
1323         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1324
1325     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1326         """
1327         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1328
1329         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1330         """
1331         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1332
1333     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1334         """
1335         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1336
1337         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1338         """
1339         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1340
1341     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1342         """
1343         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1344
1345         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1346         """
1347         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1348
1349     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1350         """
1351         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1352
1353         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1354         """
1355         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1356
1357     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1358         """
1359         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1360
1361         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1362         """
1363         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1364
1365     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1366         """
1367         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1368
1369         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1370         """
1371         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1372
1373     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1374         """
1375         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1376
1377         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1378         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1379         """
1380         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1381
1382     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1383     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1384     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1385     Inside = Contains
1386     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1387     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1388
1389     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1390         """
1391         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1392
1393         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1394         """
1395         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1396
1397     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1398         """
1399         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1400
1401         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1402         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1403         """
1404         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1405
1406     CentreIn = CenterIn
1407     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1408     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1409     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1410     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1411     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1412         """
1413         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1414
1415         Set all rectangle properties.
1416         """
1417         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1418
1419     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1420         """
1421         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1422
1423         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1424         """
1425         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1426
1427     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1428     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1429     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1430     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1431     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1432     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1433         if index == 0: self.x = val
1434         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1435         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1436         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1437         else: raise IndexError
1438     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1439     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1440     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1441
1442     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1443     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1444     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1445     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1446     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1447     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1448     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1449     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1450     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1451     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1452     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1453     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1454     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1455     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1456     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1457 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1458
1459 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1460     """
1461     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1462
1463     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1464     """
1465     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1466     return val
1467
1468 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1469     """
1470     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1471
1472     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1473     """
1474     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1475     return val
1476
1477 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1478     """
1479     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1480
1481     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1482     """
1483     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1484     return val
1485
1486
1487 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1488   """
1489     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1490
1491     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1492     """
1493   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1494 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1495
1496 class Point2D(object):
1497     """
1498     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1499     with floating point values.
1500     """
1501     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1502     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1503     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1504         """
1505         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1506
1507         Create a w.Point2D object.
1508         """
1509         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1510     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1511     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1512     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1513         """
1514         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1515
1516         Convert to integer
1517         """
1518         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1519
1520     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1521         """
1522         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1523
1524         Convert to integer
1525         """
1526         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1527
1528     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1529         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1530         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1531
1532     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1533         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1534         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1535
1536     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1537         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1538         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1539
1540     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1541         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1542         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1543
1544     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1545         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1546         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1547     def Normalize(self):
1548         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1549
1550     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1551         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1552         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1553
1554     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1555         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1556         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1557
1558     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1559         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1560         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1561
1562     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1563         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1564         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1565
1566     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1567         """
1568         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1569
1570         the reflection of this point
1571         """
1572         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1573
1574     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1575         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1576         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1577
1578     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1579         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1580         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1581
1582     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1583         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1584         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1585
1586     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1587         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1588         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1589
1590     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1591         """
1592         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1593
1594         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1595         """
1596         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1597
1598     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1599         """
1600         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1601
1602         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1603         """
1604         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1605
1606     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1607     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1608     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1609         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1610         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1611
1612     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1613         """
1614         Get() -> (x,y)
1615
1616         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1617         """
1618         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1619
1620     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1621     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1622     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1623     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1624     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1625     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1626         if index == 0: self.x = val
1627         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1628         else: raise IndexError
1629     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1630     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1631     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1632
1633     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1634     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1635     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1636     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1637 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1638
1639 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1640     """
1641     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1642
1643     Create a w.Point2D object.
1644     """
1645     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1646     return val
1647
1648 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1649     """
1650     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1651
1652     Create a w.Point2D object.
1653     """
1654     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1655     return val
1656
1657 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1658
1659 Inside = _core_.Inside
1660 OutLeft = _core_.OutLeft
1661 OutRight = _core_.OutRight
1662 OutTop = _core_.OutTop
1663 OutBottom = _core_.OutBottom
1664 class Rect2D(object):
1665     """
1666     wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1667     with floating point component values.
1668     """
1669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1670     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1671     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1672         """
1673         __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D
1674
1675         wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1676         with floating point component values.
1677         """
1678         _core_.Rect2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect2D(*args, **kwargs))
1679     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect2D
1680     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1681     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1682         """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D"""
1683         return _core_.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1684
1685     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1686         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1687         return _core_.Rect2D_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1688
1689     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1690         """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble"""
1691         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1692
1693     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1694         """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)"""
1695         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1696
1697     def MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs):
1698         """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1699         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs)
1700
1701     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1702         """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble"""
1703         return _core_.Rect2D_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1704
1705     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1706         """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)"""
1707         return _core_.Rect2D_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1708
1709     def MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1710         """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1711         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1712
1713     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1714         """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble"""
1715         return _core_.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1716
1717     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1718         """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)"""
1719         return _core_.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1720
1721     def MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1722         """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1723         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1724
1725     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1726         """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble"""
1727         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1728
1729     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1730         """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)"""
1731         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1732
1733     def MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs):
1734         """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1735         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs)
1736
1737     def GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1738         """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1739         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1740
1741     def SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1742         """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1743         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1744
1745     def MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1746         """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1747         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1748
1749     def GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1750         """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1751         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1752
1753     def SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1754         """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1755         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1756
1757     def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1758         """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1759         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1760
1761     def GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1763         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1767         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1771         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1775         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777     def SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1779         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1783         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     def GetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1786         """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D"""
1787         return _core_.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1788
1789     def SetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1790         """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)"""
1791         return _core_.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1792
1793     def MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs):
1794         """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1795         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs)
1796
1797     def GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs):
1798         """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int"""
1799         return _core_.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs)
1800
1801     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1802         """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool"""
1803         return _core_.Rect2D_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1804
1805     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1806         """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1807         return _core_.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1808
1809     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1811         return _core_.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     def HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs):
1814         """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1815         return _core_.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs)
1816
1817     def Inset(*args):
1818         """
1819         Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y)
1820         Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom)
1821         """
1822         return _core_.Rect2D_Inset(*args)
1823
1824     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1825         """Offset(self, Point2D pt)"""
1826         return _core_.Rect2D_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1827
1828     def ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs):
1829         """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)"""
1830         return _core_.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs)
1831
1832     def Interpolate(*args, **kwargs):
1833         """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D"""
1834         return _core_.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args, **kwargs)
1835
1836     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1837         """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1838         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1839
1840     def CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
1841         """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1842         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
1843
1844     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1845         """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1846         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1847
1848     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1849         """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1850         return _core_.Rect2D_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1851
1852     def CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs):
1853         """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1854         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856     def Scale(*args):
1857         """
1858         Scale(self, wxDouble f)
1859         Scale(self, int num, int denum)
1860         """
1861         return _core_.Rect2D_Scale(*args)
1862
1863     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1864         """
1865         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1866
1867         Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1868         """
1869         return _core_.Rect2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1870
1871     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1872         """
1873         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1874
1875         Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1876         """
1877         return _core_.Rect2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1878
1879     x = property(_core_.Rect2D_x_get, _core_.Rect2D_x_set)
1880     y = property(_core_.Rect2D_y_get, _core_.Rect2D_y_set)
1881     width = property(_core_.Rect2D_width_get, _core_.Rect2D_width_set)
1882     height = property(_core_.Rect2D_height_get, _core_.Rect2D_height_set)
1883     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1884         """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)"""
1885         return _core_.Rect2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1886
1887     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1888         """
1889         Get() -> (x,y, width, height)
1890
1891         Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple.
1892         """
1893         return _core_.Rect2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1894
1895     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1896     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self.Get())
1897     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1898     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1899     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1900         if index == 0: self.x = val
1901         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1902         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1903         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1904         else: raise IndexError
1905     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)
1906     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1907     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect2D, self.Get())
1908
1909 _core_.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D)
1910
1911 class Position(object):
1912     """Proxy of C++ Position class"""
1913     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1914     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1915     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1916         """__init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> Position"""
1917         _core_.Position_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Position(*args, **kwargs))
1918     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Position
1919     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1920     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1921         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
1922         return _core_.Position_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1923
1924     def GetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1925         """GetColumn(self) -> int"""
1926         return _core_.Position_GetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1927
1928     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1929         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
1930         return _core_.Position_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1931
1932     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1933         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
1934         return _core_.Position_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1935
1936     def SetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1937         """SetColumn(self, int column)"""
1938         return _core_.Position_SetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1939
1940     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1941         """SetCol(self, int column)"""
1942         return _core_.Position_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1943
1944     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1945         """
1946         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1947
1948         Test for equality of wx.Position objects.
1949         """
1950         return _core_.Position___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1951
1952     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1953         """
1954         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1955
1956         Test for inequality of wx.Position objects.
1957         """
1958         return _core_.Position___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1959
1960     def __add__(*args):
1961         """
1962         __add__(self, Position p) -> Position
1963         __add__(self, Size s) -> Position
1964         """
1965         return _core_.Position___add__(*args)
1966
1967     def __sub__(*args):
1968         """
1969         __sub__(self, Position p) -> Position
1970         __sub__(self, Size s) -> Position
1971         """
1972         return _core_.Position___sub__(*args)
1973
1974     row = property(GetRow,SetRow)
1975     col = property(GetCol,SetCol)
1976 _core_.Position_swigregister(Position)
1977
1978 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1979
1980 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1981 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1982 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1983 class InputStream(object):
1984     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1985     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1986     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1987     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1988         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1989         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1990     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1991     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1992     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1993         """close(self)"""
1994         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1995
1996     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1997         """flush(self)"""
1998         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1999
2000     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
2001         """eof(self) -> bool"""
2002         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
2003
2004     def read(*args, **kwargs):
2005         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2006         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
2007
2008     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
2009         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2010         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
2011
2012     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
2013         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
2014         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
2015
2016     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
2017         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
2018         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
2019
2020     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
2021         """tell(self) -> int"""
2022         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
2023
2024     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
2025         """Peek(self) -> char"""
2026         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
2027
2028     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
2029         """GetC(self) -> char"""
2030         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
2031
2032     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
2033         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
2034         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
2035
2036     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2037         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
2038         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2039
2040     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
2041         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
2042         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
2043
2044     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
2045         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
2046         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
2047
2048     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
2049         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
2050         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
2051
2052     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
2053         """TellI(self) -> long"""
2054         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
2055
2056 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
2057 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
2058 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
2059
2060 class OutputStream(object):
2061     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
2062     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2063     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2064     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2065     def write(*args, **kwargs):
2066         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
2067         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
2068
2069     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
2070         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
2071         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
2072
2073 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
2074
2075 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2076
2077 class FSFile(Object):
2078     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
2079     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2080     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2081     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2082         """
2083         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
2084             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
2085         """
2086         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
2087     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
2088     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2089     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
2090         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
2091         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
2092
2093     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
2094         """DetachStream(self)"""
2095         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
2096
2097     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2098         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2099         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2100
2101     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2102         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
2103         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2104
2105     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2106         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
2107         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2108
2109     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
2110         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
2111         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
2112
2113     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2114     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
2115     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
2116     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
2117     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
2118 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
2119
2120 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
2121     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
2122     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2123     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2124     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2125     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
2126     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2127 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
2128
2129 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2130     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
2131     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2132     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2133     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2134         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
2135         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2136         FileSystemHandler._setCallbackInfo(self, self, FileSystemHandler)
2137
2138     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
2139         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
2140         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
2141
2142     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2143         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2144         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2145
2146     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2147         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2148         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2149
2150     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2151         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2152         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2153
2154     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2155         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2156         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2157
2158     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
2159         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
2160         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
2161
2162     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2163         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2164         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2165
2166     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2167         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
2168         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2169
2170     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2171         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2172         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2173
2174     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
2175         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
2176         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
2177
2178     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2179     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
2180     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
2181     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
2182     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
2183 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
2184
2185 class FileSystem(Object):
2186     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
2187     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2188     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2189     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2190         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
2191         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
2192     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
2193     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2194     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
2195         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
2196         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
2197
2198     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
2199         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
2200         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
2201
2202     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2203         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
2204         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2205
2206     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2207         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2208         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2209
2210     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2211         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2212         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2213
2214     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2215         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2216         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2217
2218     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2219     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2220         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2221         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2222
2223     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2224     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2225         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
2226         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2227
2228     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
2229     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2230         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2231         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2232
2233     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
2234     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2235         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2236         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2237
2238     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
2239     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
2240 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
2241
2242 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2243   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2244   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2245
2246 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2247   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2248   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2249
2250 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
2251   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
2252   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
2253
2254 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2255   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2256   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2257
2258 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2259   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2260   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2261
2262 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2263     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
2264     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2265     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2266     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2267         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
2268         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2269     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2270         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2271         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2272
2273     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2274         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2275         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2276
2277 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
2278
2279 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2280     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
2281     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2283     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2284         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
2285         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2286     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2287         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2288         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2289
2290     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2291         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2292         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2293
2294     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2295         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2296         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2297
2298     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2299         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2300         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2301
2302 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
2303
2304
2305 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
2306   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2307   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
2308
2309 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2310   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2311   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2312
2313 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
2314   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2315   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
2316 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
2317     """
2318     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
2319     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2320     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2321     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2322     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2323     """
2324     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
2325         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2326     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
2327         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2328     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2329         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2330     else:
2331         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2332
2333 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2334     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2335     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2336     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2337     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2338         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2339         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2340     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2341         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2342         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2343
2344     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2345     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2346     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2347         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2348         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2349
2350     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2351         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2352         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2353
2354     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2355         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2356         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2357
2358     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2359         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2360         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2361
2362 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2363
2364 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2365   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2366   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2367
2368 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2369 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2370 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2371 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2372 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2373 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2374
2375 class ImageHandler(Object):
2376     """
2377     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2378     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2379     normally seen by the application.
2380     """
2381     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2382     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2384     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2385         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2386         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2387
2388     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2389         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2390         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2391
2392     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2393         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2394         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2395
2396     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2397         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2398         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2399
2400     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2401         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2402         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2403
2404     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2405         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2406         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2407
2408     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2409         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2410         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2411
2412     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2413         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2414         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2415
2416     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2417         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2418         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2419
2420     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2421         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2422         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2423
2424     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2425     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2426     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2427     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2428 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2429
2430 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2431     """
2432     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2433     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2434     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2435     the following methods::
2436
2437         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2438             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2439
2440         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2441             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2442
2443         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2444             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2445                this handler's image file format.'''
2446
2447         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2448             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2449                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2450
2451     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2452     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2453     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2454
2455     """
2456     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2457     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2458     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2459         """
2460         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2461
2462         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2463         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2464         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2465         the following methods::
2466
2467             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2468                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2469
2470             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2471                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2472
2473             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2474                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2475                    this handler's image file format.'''
2476
2477             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2478                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2479                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2480
2481         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2482         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2483         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2484
2485         """
2486         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2487         self._SetSelf(self)
2488
2489     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2490         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2491         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2492
2493 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2494
2495 class ImageHistogram(object):
2496     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2497     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2498     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2499     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2500         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2501         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2502     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2503         """
2504         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2505
2506         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2507         """
2508         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2509
2510     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2511     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2512         """
2513         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2514
2515         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2516         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2517         success flag and rgb values.
2518         """
2519         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2520
2521     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2522         """
2523         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2524
2525         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2526         key value from a RGB tripple.
2527         """
2528         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2529
2530     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2531         """
2532         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2533
2534         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2535         """
2536         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2537
2538     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2539         """
2540         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2541
2542         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2543         """
2544         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2545
2546 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2547
2548 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2549   """
2550     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2551
2552     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2553     """
2554   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2555
2556 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2557     """
2558     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2559     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2560     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2561     color space.
2562     """
2563     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2564     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2565     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2566         """
2567         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2568
2569         Constructor.
2570         """
2571         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2572     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2573     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2574     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2575 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2576
2577 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2578     """
2579     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2580     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2581     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2582     color space.
2583     """
2584     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2585     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2586     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2587         """
2588         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2589
2590         Constructor.
2591         """
2592         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2593     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2594     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2595     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2596 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2597
2598 class Image(Object):
2599     """
2600     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2601     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2602     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2603     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2604
2605     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2606     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2607     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2608     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2609
2610     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2611     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2612     bitmap object.
2613
2614     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2615     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2616     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2617     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2618     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2619
2620     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2621     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2622     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2623     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2624     """
2625     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2626     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2627     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2628         """
2629         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2630
2631         Loads an image from a file.
2632         """
2633         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2634     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2635     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2636     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2637         """
2638         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2639
2640         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2641         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2642         """
2643         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2644
2645     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2646         """
2647         Destroy(self)
2648
2649         Destroys the image data.
2650         """
2651         args[0].this.own(False)
2652         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2653
2654     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2655         """
2656         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2657
2658         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2659         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2660         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2661         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2662         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2663         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2664         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2665         downsampling respectively.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2671         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2672
2673     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2674         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2675         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2676
2677     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2678         """
2679         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2680
2681         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2682         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2683         single mask colour for transparency.
2684         """
2685         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2686
2687     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2688         """
2689         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2690
2691         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2692         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2693
2694         """
2695         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2696
2697     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2698         """
2699         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2700
2701         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2702         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2703         """
2704         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2705
2706     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2707         """
2708         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2709
2710         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2711         """
2712         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2713
2714     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2715         """
2716         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2717
2718         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2719         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2720
2721         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2722         """
2723         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2724
2725     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2726         """
2727         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2728
2729         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2730         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2731         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2732         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2733         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2734         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2735         newly exposed areas.
2736
2737         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2738         """
2739         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2740
2741     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2742         """
2743         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2744
2745         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2746         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2747         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2748         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2749         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2750         """
2751         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2752
2753     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2754         """
2755         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2756
2757         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2758         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2759         safe way to manipulate the data.
2760         """
2761         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2762
2763     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2764         """
2765         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2766
2767         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2768         """
2769         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2770
2771     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2772         """
2773         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2774
2775         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2776         """
2777         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2778
2779     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2780         """
2781         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2782
2783         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2784         """
2785         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2786
2787     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2788         """
2789         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2790
2791         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2792         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2793         for this.
2794         """
2795         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2796
2797     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2798         """
2799         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2800
2801         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2802         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2803         this.
2804
2805         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2806         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2807         the fully opaque pixels.
2808         """
2809         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2810
2811     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2812         """
2813         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2814
2815         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2816         """
2817         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2818
2819     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2820         """
2821         InitAlpha(self)
2822
2823         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2824         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2825         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2826         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2827         """
2828         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2829
2830     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2831         """
2832         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2833
2834         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2835         than the spcified threshold.
2836         """
2837         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2838
2839     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2840         """
2841         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2842
2843         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2844         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2845         success flag and rgb values.
2846         """
2847         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2848
2849     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2850         """
2851         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2852
2853         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2854         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2855         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2856         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2857
2858         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2859         nothing.
2860         """
2861         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2862
2863     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2864         """
2865         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2866
2867         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2868         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2869         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2870         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2871         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2872         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2873         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2874         """
2875         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2876
2877     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2878         """
2879         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2880
2881         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2882         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2883         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2884         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2885         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2886
2887         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2888         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2889         mask was successfully applied.
2890
2891         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2892         computationally intensive operation.
2893         """
2894         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2895
2896     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2897         """
2898         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2899
2900         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2901         """
2902         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2903
2904     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2905     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2906         """
2907         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2908
2909         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2910         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2911         the number of available images.
2912         """
2913         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2914
2915     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2916     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2917         """
2918         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2919
2920         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2921         library will try to autodetect the format.
2922         """
2923         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2924
2925     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2926         """
2927         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2928
2929         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2930         string.
2931         """
2932         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2933
2934     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2935         """
2936         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2937
2938         Saves an image in the named file.
2939         """
2940         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2941
2942     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2943         """
2944         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2945
2946         Saves an image in the named file.
2947         """
2948         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2949
2950     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2951         """
2952         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2953
2954         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2955         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2956         object.
2957         """
2958         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2959
2960     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2961     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2962         """
2963         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2964
2965         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2966         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2967         autodetect the format.
2968         """
2969         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2970
2971     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2972         """
2973         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2974
2975         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2976         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2977         """
2978         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2979
2980     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2981         """
2982         IsOk(self) -> bool
2983
2984         Returns true if image data is present.
2985         """
2986         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2987
2988     Ok = IsOk
2989     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2990         """
2991         GetWidth(self) -> int
2992
2993         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2994         """
2995         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2996
2997     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2998         """
2999         GetHeight(self) -> int
3000
3001         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
3002         """
3003         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
3004
3005     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
3006         """
3007         GetSize(self) -> Size
3008
3009         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
3010         """
3011         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
3012
3013     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
3014         """
3015         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
3016
3017         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
3018         entirely to the image.
3019         """
3020         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
3021
3022     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
3023         """
3024         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
3025
3026         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
3027         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
3028         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
3029         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
3030         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
3031         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
3032         newly exposed areas.
3033         """
3034         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
3035
3036     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
3037         """
3038         Copy(self) -> Image
3039
3040         Returns an identical copy of the image.
3041         """
3042         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
3043
3044     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
3045         """
3046         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
3047
3048         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
3049         and any out of bounds problems.
3050         """
3051         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
3052
3053     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
3054         """
3055         GetData(self) -> PyObject
3056
3057         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
3058         """
3059         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
3060
3061     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
3062         """
3063         SetData(self, buffer data)
3064
3065         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
3066         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
3067         the data must be width*height*3.
3068         """
3069         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
3070
3071     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3072         """
3073         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3074
3075         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
3076         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
3077         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3078         """
3079         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3080
3081     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3082         """
3083         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
3084
3085         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
3086         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3087         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
3088         """
3089         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3090
3091     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3092         """
3093         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
3094
3095         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
3096         """
3097         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3098
3099     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3100         """
3101         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
3102
3103         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
3104         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
3105         data must be width*height.
3106         """
3107         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3108
3109     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3110         """
3111         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3112
3113         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
3114         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
3115         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3116         """
3117         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3118
3119     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3120         """
3121         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
3122
3123         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
3124         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3125         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
3126         """
3127         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3128
3129     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3130         """
3131         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
3132
3133         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
3134         mask).
3135         """
3136         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3137
3138     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3139         """
3140         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
3141
3142         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
3143         """
3144         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3145
3146     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
3147         """
3148         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
3149
3150         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
3151         """
3152         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
3153
3154     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
3155         """
3156         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
3157
3158         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
3159         """
3160         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
3161
3162     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
3163         """
3164         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
3165
3166         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
3167         """
3168         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
3169
3170     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
3171         """
3172         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
3173
3174         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
3175         determined by the current mask colour.
3176         """
3177         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
3178
3179     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
3180         """
3181         HasMask(self) -> bool
3182
3183         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
3184         """
3185         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
3186
3187     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
3188         """
3189         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
3190             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
3191
3192         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
3193         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
3194         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
3195         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
3196         will be used as the fill colour.
3197
3198         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
3199         """
3200         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
3201
3202     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
3203         """
3204         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
3205
3206         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
3207         indicated by ``clockwise``.
3208         """
3209         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
3210
3211     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
3212         """
3213         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
3214
3215         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
3216         indicates the orientation.
3217         """
3218         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
3219
3220     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
3221         """
3222         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
3223
3224         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
3225         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
3226         """
3227         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
3228
3229     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
3230         """
3231         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
3232
3233         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
3234         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
3235         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
3236         """
3237         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
3238
3239     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
3240         """
3241         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
3242
3243         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
3244         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
3245         colour everywhere else.
3246         """
3247         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
3248
3249     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3250         """
3251         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
3252
3253         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
3254         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
3255         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
3256         """
3257         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3258
3259     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3260         """
3261         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
3262
3263         Sets an image option as an integer.
3264         """
3265         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3266
3267     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3268         """
3269         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
3270
3271         Gets the value of an image handler option.
3272         """
3273         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3274
3275     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3276         """
3277         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
3278
3279         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
3280         option is not present, the function returns 0.
3281         """
3282         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3283
3284     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
3285         """
3286         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
3287
3288         Returns true if the given option is present.
3289         """
3290         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
3291
3292     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
3293         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
3294         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
3295
3296     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
3297         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
3298         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
3299
3300     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3301         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3302         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3303
3304     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
3305     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3306         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3307         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3308
3309     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
3310     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3311         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3312         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3313
3314     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
3315     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
3316         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3317         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
3318
3319     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
3320     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
3321         """
3322         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3323
3324         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3325         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3326         dialog boxes.
3327         """
3328         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3329
3330     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3331     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3332         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3333         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3334
3335     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3336         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3337         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3338
3339     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3340         """
3341         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3342
3343         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3344         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3345         """
3346         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3347
3348     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3349         """
3350         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3351
3352         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3353         """
3354         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3355
3356     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3357     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3358         """
3359         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3360
3361         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3362         """
3363         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3364
3365     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3366     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3367     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3368     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3369     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3370     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3371     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3372     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3373     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3374     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3375     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3376 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3377
3378 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3379     """
3380     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3381
3382     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3383     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3384     """
3385     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3386     return val
3387
3388 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3389     """
3390     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3391
3392     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3393     object.
3394     """
3395     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3396     return val
3397
3398 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3399     """
3400     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3401
3402     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3403     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3404     """
3405     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3406     return val
3407
3408 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3409     """
3410     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3411
3412     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3413     pixels to black.
3414     """
3415     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3416     return val
3417
3418 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3419     """
3420     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3421
3422     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3423     """
3424     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3425     return val
3426
3427 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3428     """
3429     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3430
3431     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3432     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3433     must be width*height*3.
3434     """
3435     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3436     return val
3437
3438 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3439     """
3440     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3441
3442     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3443     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3444     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3445     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3446     """
3447     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3448     return val
3449
3450 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3451   """
3452     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3453
3454     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3455     """
3456   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3457
3458 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3459   """
3460     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3461
3462     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3463     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3464     the number of available images.
3465     """
3466   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3467
3468 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3469   """
3470     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3471
3472     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3473     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3474     object.
3475     """
3476   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3477
3478 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3479   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3480   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3481
3482 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3483   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3484   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3485
3486 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3487   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3488   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3489
3490 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3491   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3492   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3493
3494 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3495   """
3496     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3497
3498     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3499     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3500     dialog boxes.
3501     """
3502   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3503
3504 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3505   """
3506     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3507
3508     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3509     """
3510   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3511
3512 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3513   """
3514     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3515
3516     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3517     """
3518   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3519
3520
3521 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3522   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3523   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3524 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3525     """
3526     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3527     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3528     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3529     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3530     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3531     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3532
3533     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3534     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3535     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3536     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3537     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3538
3539     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3540     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3541     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3542     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3543     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3544     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3545     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3546     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3547     them to change size.
3548     """
3549     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3550     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3551     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3552     return image
3553
3554 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3555     """
3556     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3557     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3558     """
3559     pass
3560
3561 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3562 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3563 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3564 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3565 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3566 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3567 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3568 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3569 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3570 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3571 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3572 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3573 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3574 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3575 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3576     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3577     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3578     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3579     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3580         """
3581         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3582
3583         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3584         """
3585         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3586 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3587 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3588 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3589 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3590 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3591 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3592 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3593 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3594 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3595 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3596 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3597 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3598 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3599 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3600 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3601 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3602 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3603
3604 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3605     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3606     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3607     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3608     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3609         """
3610         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3611
3612         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3613         """
3614         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3615 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3616
3617 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3618     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3619     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3620     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3621     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3622         """
3623         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3624
3625         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3626         """
3627         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3628 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3629
3630 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3631     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3632     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3633     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3634     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3635         """
3636         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3637
3638         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3639         """
3640         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3641 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3642
3643 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3644     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3645     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3646     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3647     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3648         """
3649         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3650
3651         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3652         """
3653         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3654 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3655
3656 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3657     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3658     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3659     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3660     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3661         """
3662         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3663
3664         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3665         """
3666         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3667 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3668
3669 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3670     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3671     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3672     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3673     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3674         """
3675         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3676
3677         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3678         """
3679         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3680 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3681
3682 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3683     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3684     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3685     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3686     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3687         """
3688         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3689
3690         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3691         """
3692         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3693 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3694
3695 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3696     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3697     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3698     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3699     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3700         """
3701         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3702
3703         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3704         """
3705         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3706 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3707
3708 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3709     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3710     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3711     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3712     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3713         """
3714         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3715
3716         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3717         """
3718         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3719 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3720
3721 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3722     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3723     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3724     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3725     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3726         """
3727         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3728
3729         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3730         """
3731         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3732 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3733
3734 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler):
3735     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files."""
3736     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3737     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3738     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3739         """
3740         __init__(self) -> TGAHandler
3741
3742         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.
3743         """
3744         _core_.TGAHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TGAHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3745 _core_.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler)
3746
3747 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3748 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3749 class Quantize(object):
3750     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3751     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3752     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3753     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3754     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3755         """
3756         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3757
3758         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3759         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3760         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3761         """
3762         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3763
3764     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3765 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3766
3767 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3768   """
3769     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3770
3771     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3772     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3773     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3774     """
3775   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3776
3777 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3778
3779 class EvtHandler(Object):
3780     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3781     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3782     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3783     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3784         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3785         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3786         self._setOORInfo(self)
3787
3788     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3789         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3790         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3791
3792     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3793         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3794         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3795
3796     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3797         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3798         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3799
3800     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3801         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3802         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3803
3804     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3805         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3806         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3807
3808     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3809         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3810         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3811
3812     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3813         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3814         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3815
3816     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3817         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3818         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3819
3820     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3821         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3822         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3823
3824     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3825         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3826         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3827
3828     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3829         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3830         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3831
3832     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3833         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3834         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3835         args[0].this.own(False)
3836         return val
3837
3838     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3839         """
3840         Bind an event to an event handler.
3841
3842         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3843                       type of event to bind,
3844
3845         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3846                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3847                       disconnect an event handler.
3848
3849         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3850                       different window than self, but you still
3851                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3852                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3853                       passing the source of the event, the event
3854                       handling system is able to differentiate
3855                       between the same event type from different
3856                       controls.
3857
3858         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3859                    of instance.
3860
3861         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3862                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3863         """
3864         if source is not None:
3865             id  = source.GetId()
3866         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3867
3868     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3869         """
3870         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3871         Returns True if successful.
3872         """
3873         if source is not None:
3874             id  = source.GetId()
3875         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3876
3877     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3878     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3879     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3880 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3881
3882 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3883
3884 class PyEventBinder(object):
3885     """
3886     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3887     handlers.
3888     """
3889     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3890         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3891             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3892         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3893
3894         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3895             self.evtType = evtType
3896         else:
3897             self.evtType = [evtType]
3898
3899
3900     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3901         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3902         for et in self.evtType:
3903             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3904
3905
3906     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3907         """Remove an event binding."""
3908         success = 0
3909         for et in self.evtType:
3910             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3911         return success != 0
3912
3913     def _getEvtType(self):
3914         """
3915         Make it easy to get to the default wxEventType typeID for this
3916         event binder.
3917         """
3918         return self.evtType[0]
3919
3920     typeId = property(_getEvtType)
3921
3922
3923     def __call__(self, *args):
3924         """
3925         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3926         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3927         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3928         type of the event.
3929         """
3930         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3931         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3932         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3933         target = args[0]
3934         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3935             func = args[1]
3936         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3937             id1 = args[1]
3938             func = args[2]
3939         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3940             id1 = args[1]
3941             id2 = args[2]
3942             func = args[3]
3943         else:
3944             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3945
3946         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3947
3948
3949 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3950 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3951     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3952 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3953     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3954
3955
3956 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3957
3958 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3959
3960 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3961 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3962
3963 def NewEventType(*args):
3964   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3965   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3966 wxEVT_ANY = _core_.wxEVT_ANY
3967 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3968 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3969 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3970 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3971 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3972 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3973 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3974 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3975 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3976 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3977 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3978 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3979 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3980 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3981 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3982 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3983 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3984 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3985 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3986 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3987 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3988 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3989 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3990 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3991 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3992 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3993 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3994 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3995 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3996 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3997 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3998 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3999 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
4000 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
4001 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4002 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
4003 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
4004 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
4005 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
4006 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
4007 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
4008 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
4009 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
4010 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
4011 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
4012 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4013 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
4014 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
4015 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
4016 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
4017 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
4018 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
4019 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
4020 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
4021 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
4022 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
4023 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
4024 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
4025 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
4026 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
4027 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
4028 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
4029 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4030 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4031 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
4032 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
4033 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
4034 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
4035 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
4036 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
4037 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
4038 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
4039 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
4040 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
4041 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
4042 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
4043 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
4044 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
4045 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
4046 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
4047 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
4048 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
4049 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
4050 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
4051 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
4052 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
4053 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
4054 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
4055 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
4056 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
4057 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
4058 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
4059 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
4060 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
4061 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
4062 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
4063 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
4064 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
4065 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
4066 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
4067 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
4068 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
4069 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
4070 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
4071 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
4072 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
4073 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
4074 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
4075 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
4076 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
4077 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
4078 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
4079 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
4080 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
4081 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
4082 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
4083 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
4084 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
4085 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
4086 #
4087 # Create some event binders
4088 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
4089 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
4090 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
4091 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
4092 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
4093 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4094 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4095 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
4096 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
4097 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
4098 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
4099 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
4100 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
4101 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
4102 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
4103 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
4104 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
4105 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
4106 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
4107 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
4108 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
4109 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
4110 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
4111 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
4112 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
4113 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4114 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4115 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
4116 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
4117 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
4118 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
4119 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
4120 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
4121 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
4122 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
4123 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
4124 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
4125 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
4126 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
4127 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
4128 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
4129 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
4130
4131 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
4132 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
4133 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
4134 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
4135 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
4136 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
4137 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
4138 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
4139 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
4140 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4141 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
4142 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
4143 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
4144
4145 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
4146                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
4147                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
4148                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
4149                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
4150                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
4151                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
4152                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
4153                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
4154                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
4155                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
4156                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
4157                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4158                                      ])
4159
4160
4161 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
4162 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
4163                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
4164                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
4165                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
4166                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
4167                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
4168                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
4169                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
4170                                   ])
4171
4172 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
4173 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
4174 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
4175 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
4176 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
4177 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
4178 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
4179 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
4180
4181 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
4182 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4183                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4184                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4185                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4186                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4187                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4188                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4189                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4190                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4191                                ])
4192
4193 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
4194 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
4195 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
4196 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
4197 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
4198 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
4199 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
4200 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
4201 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
4202 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4203
4204 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
4205 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4206                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4207                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4208                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4209                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4210                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4211                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4212                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4213                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4214                                        ], 1)
4215
4216 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
4217 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
4218 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
4219 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
4220 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
4221 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
4222 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
4223 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
4224 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
4225 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
4226
4227 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
4228 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
4229 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
4230 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4231 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
4232 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
4233 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
4234 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
4235 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4236 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
4237
4238 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
4239 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4240 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4241 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
4242 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
4243 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
4244 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
4245 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
4246 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
4247
4248
4249 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
4250 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
4251 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
4252 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
4253 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
4254 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
4255 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
4256
4257 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
4258
4259 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
4260 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
4261
4262 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
4263
4264 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
4265 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
4266 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
4267
4268
4269 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4270
4271 class Event(Object):
4272     """
4273     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
4274     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
4275     other event classes
4276     """
4277     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4278     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
4279     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4280     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
4281     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4282     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4283         """
4284         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
4285
4286         Sets the specific type of the event.
4287         """
4288         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4289
4290     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4291         """
4292         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
4293
4294         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
4295         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
4296         """
4297         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4298
4299     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4300         """
4301         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
4302
4303         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
4304         any.
4305         """
4306         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4307
4308     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4309         """
4310         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
4311
4312         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
4313         object that is sending the event.
4314         """
4315         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4316
4317     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4318         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
4319         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4320
4321     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4322         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
4323         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4324
4325     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
4326         """
4327         GetId(self) -> int
4328
4329         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
4330         command id.
4331         """
4332         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
4333
4334     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
4335         """
4336         SetId(self, int Id)
4337
4338         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4339         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4340         item, etc.
4341         """
4342         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4343
4344     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4345         """
4346         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4347
4348         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4349         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4350         """
4351         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4352
4353     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4354         """
4355         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4356
4357         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether
4358         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the
4359         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is
4360         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is
4361         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further
4362         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed
4363         already in the current handler.
4364         """
4365         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4366
4367     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4368         """
4369         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4370
4371         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4372         :see: `Skip`
4373         """
4374         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4375
4376     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4377         """
4378         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4379
4380         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4381         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4382         """
4383         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4384
4385     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4386         """
4387         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4388
4389         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4390         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4391         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4392         """
4393         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4394
4395     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4396         """
4397         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4398
4399         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4400         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4401         `StopPropagation`.)
4402
4403         """
4404         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4405
4406     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4407         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4408         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4409
4410     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4411     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4412     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4413     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4414     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4415 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4416
4417 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4418
4419 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4420     """
4421     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4422     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4423     propogation of the event will be restored.
4424     """
4425     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4426     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4427     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4428         """
4429         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4430
4431         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4432         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4433         propogation of the event will be restored.
4434         """
4435         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4436     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4437     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4438 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4439
4440 class PropagateOnce(object):
4441     """
4442     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4443     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4444     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4445     """
4446     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4447     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4448     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4449         """
4450         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4451
4452         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4453         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4454         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4455         """
4456         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4457     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4458     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4459 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4460
4461 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4462
4463 class CommandEvent(Event):
4464     """
4465     This event class contains information about command events, which
4466     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4467     toolbars.
4468     """
4469     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4470     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4471     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4472         """
4473         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4474
4475         This event class contains information about command events, which
4476         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4477         toolbars.
4478         """
4479         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4480     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4481         """
4482         GetSelection(self) -> int
4483
4484         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4485         for a deselection).
4486         """
4487         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4488
4489     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4490         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4491         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4492
4493     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4494         """
4495         GetString(self) -> String
4496
4497         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4498         for a deselection).
4499         """
4500         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4501
4502     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4503         """
4504         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4505
4506         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4507         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4508         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4509         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4510         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4511         """
4512         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4513
4514     Checked = IsChecked
4515     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4516         """
4517         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4518
4519         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4520         false if it is a deselection.
4521         """
4522         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4523
4524     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4525         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4526         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4527
4528     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4529         """
4530         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4531
4532         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4533         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4534         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4535         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4536         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4537         listbox must be examined by the application.
4538         """
4539         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4540
4541     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4542         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4543         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4544
4545     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4546         """
4547         GetInt(self) -> int
4548
4549         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4550         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4551         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4552         """
4553         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4554
4555     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4556         """
4557         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4558
4559         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4560         """
4561         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4562
4563     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4564         """
4565         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4566
4567         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4568         """
4569         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4570
4571     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4572     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4573
4574     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4575         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4576         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4577
4578     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4579     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4580     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4581     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4582     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4583     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4584 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4585
4586 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4587
4588 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4589     """
4590     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4591     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4592     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4593     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4594     """
4595     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4596     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4597     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4598         """
4599         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4600
4601         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4602         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4603         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4604         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4605         """
4606         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4607     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4608         """
4609         Veto(self)
4610
4611         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4612
4613         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4614         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4615         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4616         """
4617         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4618
4619     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4620         """
4621         Allow(self)
4622
4623         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4624         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4625         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4626         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4627         """
4628         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4629
4630     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4631         """
4632         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4633
4634         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4635         false otherwise (if it was).
4636         """
4637         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4638
4639 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4640
4641 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4642
4643 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4644     """
4645     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4646     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4647     instances of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4648     instead.
4649     """
4650     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4651     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4652     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4653         """
4654         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4655             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4656         """
4657         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4658     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4659         """
4660         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4661
4662         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4663         the scrollbar.
4664         """
4665         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4666
4667     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4668         """
4669         GetPosition(self) -> int
4670
4671         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4672         """
4673         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4674
4675     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4676         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4677         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4678
4679     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4680         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4681         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4682
4683     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4684     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4685 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4686
4687 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4688
4689 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4690     """
4691     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4692     scrolling windows.
4693     """
4694     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4695     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4696     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4697         """
4698         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4699
4700         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4701         scrolling windows.
4702         """
4703         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4704     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4705         """
4706         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4707
4708         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4709         the scrollbar.
4710         """
4711         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4712
4713     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4714         """
4715         GetPosition(self) -> int
4716
4717         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4718         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4719         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4720         """
4721         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4722
4723     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4724         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4725         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4726
4727     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4728         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4729         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4730
4731     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4732     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4733 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4734
4735 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4736
4737 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4738 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4739 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4740 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4741 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4742 class MouseEvent(Event):
4743     """
4744     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4745     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4746     mouse move events.
4747
4748     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4749     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4750     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4751     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4752     events from it.
4753
4754     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4755     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4756     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4757     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4758     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4759     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4760     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4761     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4762     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4763     """
4764     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4765     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4766     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4767         """
4768         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4769
4770         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4771
4772             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4773             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4774             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4775             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4776             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4777             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4778             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4779             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4780             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4781             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4782             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4783             * wxEVT_MOTION
4784             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4785         """
4786         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4787     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4788         """
4789         IsButton(self) -> bool
4790
4791         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4792         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4793         """
4794         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4795
4796     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4797         """
4798         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4799
4800         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4801         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4802         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4803         values).
4804         """
4805         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4806
4807     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4808         """
4809         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4810
4811         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4812         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4813         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4814         values).
4815         """
4816         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4817
4818     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4819         """
4820         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4821
4822         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4823         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4824         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4825         """
4826         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4827
4828     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4829         """
4830         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4831
4832         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4833         values of button are:
4834
4835              ====================      =====================================
4836              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4837              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4838              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4839              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4840              ====================      =====================================
4841
4842         """
4843         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4844
4845     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4846         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4847         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4848
4849     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4850         """
4851         GetButton(self) -> int
4852
4853         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4854         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4855         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4856         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4857         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4858         right buttons respectively.
4859         """
4860         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4861
4862     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4863         """
4864         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4865
4866         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4867         """
4868         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4869
4870     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4871         """
4872         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4873
4874         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4875         """
4876         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4877
4878     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4879         """
4880         AltDown(self) -> bool
4881
4882         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4883         """
4884         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4885
4886     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4887         """
4888         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4889
4890         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4891         """
4892         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4893
4894     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4895         """
4896         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4897
4898         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4899         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4900         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4901         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4902         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4903         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4904         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4905         """
4906         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4907
4908     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4909         """
4910         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4911
4912         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4913         """
4914         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4915
4916     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4917         """
4918         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4919
4920         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4921         """
4922         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4923
4924     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4925         """
4926         RightDown(self) -> bool
4927
4928         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4929         """
4930         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4931
4932     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4933         """
4934         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4935
4936         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4937         """
4938         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4939
4940     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4941         """
4942         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4943
4944         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4945         """
4946         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4947
4948     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4949         """
4950         RightUp(self) -> bool
4951
4952         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4953         """
4954         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4955
4956     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4957         """
4958         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4959
4960         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4961         """
4962         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4963
4964     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4965         """
4966         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4967
4968         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4969         """
4970         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4971
4972     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4973         """
4974         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4975
4976         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4977         """
4978         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4979
4980     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4981         """
4982         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4983
4984         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4985         of the current event type.
4986
4987         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4988         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4989         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4990
4991         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4992         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4993         dragging the mouse.
4994         """
4995         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4996
4997     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4998         """
4999         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
5000
5001         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
5002         of the current event type.
5003         """
5004         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5005
5006     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
5007         """
5008         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
5009
5010         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
5011         of the current event type.
5012         """
5013         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5014
5015     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
5016         """
5017         Dragging(self) -> bool
5018
5019         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
5020         depressed).
5021         """
5022         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
5023
5024     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
5025         """
5026         Moving(self) -> bool
5027
5028         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
5029         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
5030         false and Dragging returns true.
5031         """
5032         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
5033
5034     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
5035         """
5036         Entering(self) -> bool
5037
5038         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
5039         """
5040         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
5041
5042     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
5043         """
5044         Leaving(self) -> bool
5045
5046         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
5047         """
5048         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
5049
5050     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5051         """
5052         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5053
5054         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5055         event happened.
5056         """
5057         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5058
5059     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5060         """
5061         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5062
5063         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5064         event happened.
5065         """
5066         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5067
5068     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5069         """
5070         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
5071
5072         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
5073         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
5074         that the window has been scrolled).
5075         """
5076         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5077
5078     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5079         """
5080         GetX(self) -> int
5081
5082         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5083         """
5084         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5085
5086     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5087         """
5088         GetY(self) -> int
5089
5090         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5091         """
5092         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5093
5094     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
5095         """
5096         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
5097
5098         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
5099         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
5100         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
5101         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
5102         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
5103         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
5104         have been accumulated before scrolling.
5105         """
5106         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
5107
5108     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
5109         """
5110         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
5111
5112         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
5113         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
5114         should occur for each delta.
5115         """
5116         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
5117
5118     def GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs):
5119         """
5120         GetWheelAxis(self) -> int
5121
5122         Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns, 0 being the y axis as on
5123         most mouse wheels, 1 is the x axis for things like MightyMouse scrolls
5124         or horizontal trackpad scrolling.
5125         """
5126         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs)
5127
5128     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
5129         """
5130         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
5131
5132         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
5133         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
5134         """
5135         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
5136
5137     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
5138         """
5139         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
5140
5141         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
5142         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
5143         """
5144         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
5145
5146     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
5147     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
5148     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
5149     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
5150     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
5151     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5152     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5153     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
5154     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5155     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
5156     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
5157     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
5158     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
5159     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
5160     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
5161     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5162     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
5163     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
5164     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5165     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5166 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
5167
5168 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5169
5170 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
5171     """
5172     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
5173     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
5174     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
5175     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
5176     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
5177     """
5178     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5179     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5180     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5181         """
5182         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
5183
5184         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
5185         """
5186         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5187     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5188         """
5189         GetX(self) -> int
5190
5191         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5192         """
5193         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5194
5195     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5196         """
5197         GetY(self) -> int
5198
5199         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5200         """
5201         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5202
5203     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5204         """
5205         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
5206
5207         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
5208         """
5209         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5210
5211     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5212         """
5213         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
5214
5215         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
5216         """
5217         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5218
5219     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5220         """
5221         HasCursor(self) -> bool
5222
5223         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
5224         """
5225         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5226
5227     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
5228     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5229     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5230 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
5231
5232 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5233
5234 class KeyEvent(Event):
5235     """
5236     This event class contains information about keypress and character
5237     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
5238     the keyboard focus.
5239
5240     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
5241     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
5242     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
5243     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
5244     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
5245     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
5246     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
5247     corresponding to each down one.
5248
5249     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
5250     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
5251     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
5252     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
5253     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
5254     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
5255     example.
5256
5257     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
5258     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
5259     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
5260     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
5261     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
5262     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
5263     well.
5264
5265     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
5266     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
5267     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
5268     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
5269     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
5270     by the system itself.
5271
5272     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
5273     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
5274     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
5275     the ASCII value of this key combination.
5276
5277     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
5278     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
5279     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
5280     focus.
5281
5282     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
5283     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
5284     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
5285     types of events to be a bit simpler.
5286
5287     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
5288     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
5289     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
5290     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
5291
5292     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
5293     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
5294     work under Windows.
5295
5296     """
5297     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5298     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5299     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5300         """
5301         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
5302
5303         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
5304             *
5305         """
5306         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5307     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5308         """
5309         GetModifiers(self) -> int
5310
5311         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
5312         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
5313         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
5314         example::
5315
5316             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
5317                 DoSomething()
5318
5319         """
5320         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5321
5322     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
5323         """
5324         ControlDown(self) -> bool
5325
5326         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
5327         """
5328         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
5329
5330     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
5331         """
5332         MetaDown(self) -> bool
5333
5334         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
5335         """
5336         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
5337
5338     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
5339         """
5340         AltDown(self) -> bool
5341
5342         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
5343         """
5344         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
5345
5346     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
5347         """
5348         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5349
5350         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5351         """
5352         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5353
5354     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5355         """
5356         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5357
5358         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5359         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5360         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5361         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5362         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5363         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5364         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5365         """
5366         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5367
5368     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5369         """
5370         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5371
5372         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5373         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5374         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5375         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5376         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5377         normally).
5378         """
5379         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5380
5381     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5382         """
5383         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5384
5385         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5386         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5387         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5388         codes.
5389
5390         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5391         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5392         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5393         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5394         """
5395         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5396
5397     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5398         """
5399         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5400
5401         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5402         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5403         """
5404         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5405
5406     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5407     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5408         """
5409         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5410
5411         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5412         build of wxPython.
5413         """
5414         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5415
5416     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5417         """
5418         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5419
5420         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5421         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5422         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5423         ports.
5424         """
5425         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5426
5427     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5428         """
5429         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5430
5431         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5432         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5433         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5434         """
5435         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5436
5437     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5438         """
5439         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5440
5441         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5442         """
5443         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5444
5445     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5446         """
5447         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5448
5449         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5450         """
5451         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5452
5453     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5454         """
5455         GetX(self) -> int
5456
5457         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5458         applicable.
5459         """
5460         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5461
5462     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5463         """
5464         GetY(self) -> int
5465
5466         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5467         applicable.
5468         """
5469         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5470
5471     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5472     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5473     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5474     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5475     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5476     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5477     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5478     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5479     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5480     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5481     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5482     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5483     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5484     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5485     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5486     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5487     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5488     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5489 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5490
5491 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5492
5493 class SizeEvent(Event):
5494     """
5495     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5496     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5497     been resized.
5498
5499     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5500     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5501     application.
5502
5503     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5504     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5505     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5506     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5507     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5508     invalidate the entire window.
5509
5510     """
5511     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5512     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5513     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5514         """
5515         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5516
5517         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5518         """
5519         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5520     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5521         """
5522         GetSize(self) -> Size
5523
5524         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5525         event.
5526         """
5527         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5528
5529     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5530         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5531         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5532
5533     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5534         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5535         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5536
5537     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5538         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5539         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5540
5541     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5542     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5543     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5544     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5545 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5546
5547 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5548
5549 class MoveEvent(Event):
5550     """
5551     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5552     moved to a new position.
5553     """
5554     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5555     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5556     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5557         """
5558         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5559
5560         Constructor.
5561         """
5562         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5563     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5564         """
5565         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5566
5567         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5568         """
5569         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5570
5571     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5572         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5573         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5574
5575     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5576         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5577         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5578
5579     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5580         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5581         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5582
5583     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5584     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5585
5586     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5587     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5588 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5589
5590 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5591
5592 class PaintEvent(Event):
5593     """
5594     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5595     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5596     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5597     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5598     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5599
5600     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5601     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5602     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5603     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5604     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5605     scrolled units.
5606
5607     """
5608     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5609     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5610     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5611         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5612         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5613 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5614
5615 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5616     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5617     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5618     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5619     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5620         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5621         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5622 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5623
5624 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5625
5626 class EraseEvent(Event):
5627     """
5628     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5629     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5630     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5631     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5632
5633     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5634     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5635     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5636
5637     """
5638     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5639     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5640     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5641         """
5642         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5643
5644         Constructor
5645         """
5646         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5647     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5648         """
5649         GetDC(self) -> DC
5650
5651         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5652         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5653         that instead.
5654         """
5655         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5656
5657     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5658 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5659
5660 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5661
5662 class FocusEvent(Event):
5663     """
5664     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5665     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5666     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5667
5668     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5669     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5670     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5671
5672     """
5673     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5674     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5675     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5676         """
5677         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5678
5679         Constructor
5680         """
5681         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5682     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5683         """
5684         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5685
5686         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5687         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5688         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5689
5690         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5691         """
5692         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5693
5694     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5695         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5696         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5697
5698     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5699 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5700
5701 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5702
5703 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5704     """
5705     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5706     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5707     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5708
5709     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5710     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5711     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5712     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5713     """
5714     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5715     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5716     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5717         """
5718         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5719
5720         Constructor
5721         """
5722         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5723     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5724         """
5725         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5726
5727         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5728         focus.
5729         """
5730         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5731
5732     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5733 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5734
5735 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5736
5737 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5738     """
5739     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5740     application is being activated or deactivated.
5741
5742     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5743     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5744     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5745     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5746     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5747     application frames being inactive.
5748
5749     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5750     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5751     doing so can result in strange effects.
5752
5753     """
5754     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5755     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5756     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5757         """
5758         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5759
5760         Constructor
5761         """
5762         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5763     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5764         """
5765         GetActive(self) -> bool
5766
5767         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5768         otherwise.
5769         """
5770         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5771
5772     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5773 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5774
5775 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5776
5777 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5778     """
5779     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5780     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5781     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5782     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5783     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5784     """
5785     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5786     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5787     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5788         """
5789         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5790
5791         Constructor
5792         """
5793         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5794 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5795
5796 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5797
5798 class MenuEvent(Event):
5799     """
5800     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5801     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5802     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5803
5804     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5805     text in the first field of the status bar.
5806     """
5807     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5808     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5809     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5810         """
5811         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5812
5813         Constructor
5814         """
5815         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5816     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5817         """
5818         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5819
5820         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5821         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5822         """
5823         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5824
5825     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5826         """
5827         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5828
5829         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5830         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5831         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5832         """
5833         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5834
5835     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5836         """
5837         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5838
5839         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5840         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5841         """
5842         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5843
5844     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5845     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5846 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5847
5848 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5849
5850 class CloseEvent(Event):
5851     """
5852     This event class contains information about window and session close
5853     events.
5854
5855     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5856     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5857     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5858     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5859     function.
5860
5861     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5862     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5863     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5864     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5865     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5866     files or to cancel the close.
5867
5868     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5869     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5870     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5871     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5872     """
5873     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5874     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5875     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5876         """
5877         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5878
5879         Constructor.
5880         """
5881         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5882     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5883         """
5884         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5885
5886         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5887         """
5888         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5889
5890     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5891         """
5892         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5893
5894         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5895         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5896         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5897         window event.
5898         """
5899         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5900
5901     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5902         """
5903         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5904
5905         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5906         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5907
5908         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5909         """
5910         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5911
5912     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5913         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5914         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5915
5916     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5917         """
5918         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5919
5920         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5921         """
5922         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5923
5924     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5925         """
5926         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5927
5928         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5929         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5930         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5931         must be called to check this.
5932         """
5933         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5934
5935     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5936 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5937
5938 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5939
5940 class ShowEvent(Event):
5941     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5942     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5943     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5944     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5945         """
5946         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5947
5948         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5949         """
5950         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5951     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5952         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5953         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5954
5955     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5956         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5957         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5958
5959     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5960 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5961
5962 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5963
5964 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5965     """
5966     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5967     restored.
5968     """
5969     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5970     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5971     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5972         """
5973         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5974
5975         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5976         restored.
5977         """
5978         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5979     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5980         """
5981         Iconized(self) -> bool
5982
5983         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5984         been restored.
5985         """
5986         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5987
5988 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5989
5990 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5991
5992 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5993     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5994     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5995     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5996     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5997         """
5998         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5999
6000         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
6001         """
6002         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6003 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
6004
6005 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6006
6007 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
6008     """
6009     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
6010     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
6011     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
6012     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
6013
6014     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
6015     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
6016     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
6017     dropping files.
6018
6019     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
6020     events.
6021
6022     """
6023     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6024     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
6025     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6026     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6027         """
6028         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6029
6030         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
6031         """
6032         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6033
6034     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6035         """
6036         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
6037
6038         Returns the number of files dropped.
6039         """
6040         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6041
6042     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6043         """
6044         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
6045
6046         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
6047         """
6048         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6049
6050     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
6051     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
6052     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
6053 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
6054
6055 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6056
6057 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
6058 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6059 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
6060     """
6061     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
6062     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
6063     interface elements.
6064
6065     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
6066     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
6067     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
6068     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
6069     menu item or button.
6070
6071     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
6072     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
6073     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
6074     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
6075     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
6076     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
6077     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
6078
6079     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
6080     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
6081     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
6082     update.
6083
6084     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
6085     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
6086     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
6087
6088     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
6089     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
6090
6091        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
6092           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
6093           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
6094           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
6095           events.
6096
6097        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
6098           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
6099           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
6100           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
6101           delay before windows are updated.
6102
6103     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
6104     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
6105     from an internal idle handler.
6106
6107     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
6108     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
6109     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
6110
6111     """
6112     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6113     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6114     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6115         """
6116         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
6117
6118         Constructor
6119         """
6120         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6121     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6122         """
6123         GetChecked(self) -> bool
6124
6125         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
6126         """
6127         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6128
6129     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6130         """
6131         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
6132
6133         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
6134         """
6135         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6136
6137     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6138         """
6139         GetShown(self) -> bool
6140
6141         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
6142         """
6143         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6144
6145     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
6146         """
6147         GetText(self) -> String
6148
6149         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
6150         """
6151         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
6152
6153     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
6154         """
6155         GetSetText(self) -> bool
6156
6157         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
6158         wxWidgets internal use only.
6159         """
6160         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
6161
6162     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6163         """
6164         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
6165
6166         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
6167         internal use only.
6168         """
6169         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6170
6171     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6172         """
6173         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
6174
6175         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
6176         internal use only.
6177         """
6178         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6179
6180     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6181         """
6182         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
6183
6184         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
6185         internal use only.
6186         """
6187         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6188
6189     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
6190         """
6191         Check(self, bool check)
6192
6193         Check or uncheck the UI element.
6194         """
6195         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
6196
6197     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
6198         """
6199         Enable(self, bool enable)
6200
6201         Enable or disable the UI element.
6202         """
6203         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
6204
6205     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
6206         """
6207         Show(self, bool show)
6208
6209         Show or hide the UI element.
6210         """
6211         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
6212
6213     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
6214         """
6215         SetText(self, String text)
6216
6217         Sets the text for this UI element.
6218         """
6219         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
6220
6221     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6222         """
6223         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6224
6225         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6226         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6227         default is 0.
6228
6229         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6230         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6231         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6232         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6233         about to be shown.
6234         """
6235         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6236
6237     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
6238     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6239         """
6240         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6241
6242         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6243         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6244         """
6245         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6246
6247     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
6248     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6249         """
6250         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6251
6252         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6253         to) this window.
6254
6255         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6256         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6257         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6258         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6259         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6260         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6261         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6262         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6263         interval.
6264
6265         """
6266         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6267
6268     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
6269     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
6270         """
6271         ResetUpdateTime()
6272
6273         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6274         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6275         is called at the end of idle processing.
6276         """
6277         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
6278
6279     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
6280     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6281         """
6282         SetMode(int mode)
6283
6284         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6285         to those which specify that they will process the events.
6286
6287         The mode may be one of the following values:
6288
6289             =============================   ==========================================
6290             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6291                                             is the default setting.
6292             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6293                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6294                                             style set.
6295             =============================   ==========================================
6296
6297         """
6298         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6299
6300     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6301     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6302         """
6303         GetMode() -> int
6304
6305         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6306         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6307         events.
6308         """
6309         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6310
6311     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6312     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
6313     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
6314     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
6315     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
6316 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
6317
6318 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6319   """
6320     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6321
6322     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6323     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6324     default is 0.
6325
6326     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6327     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6328     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6329     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6330     about to be shown.
6331     """
6332   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6333
6334 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
6335   """
6336     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6337
6338     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6339     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6340     """
6341   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
6342
6343 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6344   """
6345     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6346
6347     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6348     to) this window.
6349
6350     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6351     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6352     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6353     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6354     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6355     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6356     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6357     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6358     interval.
6359
6360     """
6361   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6362
6363 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6364   """
6365     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6366
6367     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6368     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6369     is called at the end of idle processing.
6370     """
6371   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6372
6373 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6374   """
6375     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6376
6377     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6378     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6379
6380     The mode may be one of the following values:
6381
6382         =============================   ==========================================
6383         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6384                                         is the default setting.
6385         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6386                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6387                                         style set.
6388         =============================   ==========================================
6389
6390     """
6391   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6392
6393 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6394   """
6395     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6396
6397     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6398     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6399     events.
6400     """
6401   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6402
6403 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6404
6405 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6406     """
6407     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6408     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6409     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6410
6411     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6412     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6413     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6414     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6415     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6416
6417     """
6418     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6419     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6420     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6421         """
6422         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6423
6424         Constructor
6425         """
6426         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6427 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6428
6429 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6430
6431 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6432     """
6433     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6434     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6435     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6436     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6437     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6438
6439     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6440     """
6441     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6442     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6443     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6444         """
6445         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6446
6447         Constructor
6448         """
6449         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6450     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6451         """
6452         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6453
6454         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6455         non-wxWidgets window.
6456         """
6457         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6458
6459     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6460 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6461
6462 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6463
6464 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6465     """
6466     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6467     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6468     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6469     the mouse.
6470
6471     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6472     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6473     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6474     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6475     ReleaseMouse.
6476
6477     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6478
6479     """
6480     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6481     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6482     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6483         """
6484         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6485
6486         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6487         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6488         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6489         the mouse.
6490
6491         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6492         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6493         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6494         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6495         ReleaseMouse.
6496
6497         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6498
6499         """
6500         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6501 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6502
6503 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6504
6505 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6506     """
6507     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6508     resolution has changed.
6509
6510     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6511     """
6512     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6513     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6514     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6515         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6516         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6517 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6518
6519 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6520
6521 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6522     """
6523     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6524     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6525     match.
6526
6527     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6528     """
6529     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6530     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6531     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6532         """
6533         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6534
6535         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6536         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6537         match.
6538
6539         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6540         """
6541         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6542     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6543         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6544         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6545
6546     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6547         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6548         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6549
6550     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6551 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6552
6553 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6554
6555 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6556     """
6557     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6558     focus and should re-do its palette.
6559
6560     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6561     """
6562     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6563     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6564     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6565         """
6566         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6567
6568         Constructor.
6569         """
6570         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6571     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6572         """
6573         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6574
6575         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6576         """
6577         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6578
6579     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6580         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6581         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6582
6583     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6584 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6585
6586 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6587
6588 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6589     """
6590     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6591     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6592     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6593     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6594     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6595     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6596     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6597     """
6598     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6599     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6600     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6601         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6602         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6603     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6604         """
6605         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6606
6607         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6608         """
6609         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6610
6611     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6612         """
6613         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6614
6615         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6616         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6617         """
6618         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6619
6620     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6621         """
6622         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6623
6624         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6625         """
6626         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6627
6628     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6629         """
6630         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6631
6632         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6633         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6634         by using Control-Tab.
6635         """
6636         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6637
6638     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6639         """
6640         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6641
6642         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6643         key.
6644         """
6645         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6646
6647     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6648         """
6649         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6650
6651         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6652         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6653         """
6654         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6655
6656     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6657         """
6658         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6659
6660         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6661
6662             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6663             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6664             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6665             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6666
6667         """
6668         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6669
6670     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6671         """
6672         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6673
6674         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6675         ``None``.
6676         """
6677         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6678
6679     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6680         """
6681         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6682
6683         Set the window that has the focus.
6684         """
6685         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6686
6687     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6688     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6689     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6690     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6691     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6692     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6693 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6694
6695 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6696
6697 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6698     """
6699     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6700     underlying GUI object) exists.
6701     """
6702     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6704     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6705         """
6706         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6707
6708         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6709         underlying GUI object) exists.
6710         """
6711         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6712     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6713         """
6714         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6715
6716         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6717         """
6718         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6719
6720     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6721 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6722
6723 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6724     """
6725     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6726     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6727
6728     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6729     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6730     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6731     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6732     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6733     notification of the destruction of another window.
6734     """
6735     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6736     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6737     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6738         """
6739         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6740
6741         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6742         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6743
6744         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6745         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6746         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6747         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6748         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6749         notification of the destruction of another window.
6750         """
6751         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6752     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6753         """
6754         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6755
6756         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6757         """
6758         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6759
6760     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6761 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6762
6763 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6764
6765 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6766     """
6767     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6768     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6769     """
6770     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6771     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6772     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6773         """
6774         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6775
6776         Constructor.
6777         """
6778         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6779     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6780         """
6781         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6782
6783         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6784         be shown.
6785         """
6786         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6787
6788     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6789         """
6790         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6791
6792         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6793         """
6794         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6795
6796     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6797 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6798
6799 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6800
6801 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6802 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6803 class IdleEvent(Event):
6804     """
6805     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6806     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6807     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6808     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6809     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6810     events and then becomes empty again.
6811
6812     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6813     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6814     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6815     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6816     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6817     to those windows and not to any others.
6818     """
6819     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6820     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6821     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6822         """
6823         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6824
6825         Constructor
6826         """
6827         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6828     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6829         """
6830         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6831
6832         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6833         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6834         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6835         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6836         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6837         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6838         system.
6839         """
6840         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6841
6842     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6843         """
6844         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6845
6846         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6847         requested more processing time.
6848         """
6849         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6850
6851     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6852         """
6853         SetMode(int mode)
6854
6855         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6856         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6857         events.
6858
6859         The mode can be one of the following values:
6860
6861             =========================   ========================================
6862             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6863             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6864                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6865                                         flag set.
6866             =========================   ========================================
6867
6868         """
6869         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6870
6871     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6872     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6873         """
6874         GetMode() -> int
6875
6876         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6877         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6878         will process the events.
6879         """
6880         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6881
6882     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6883     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6884         """
6885         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6886
6887         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6888         window.
6889
6890         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6891         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6892         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6893         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6894         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6895         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6896         """
6897         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6898
6899     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6900 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6901
6902 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6903   """
6904     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6905
6906     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6907     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6908     events.
6909
6910     The mode can be one of the following values:
6911
6912         =========================   ========================================
6913         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6914         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6915                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6916                                     flag set.
6917         =========================   ========================================
6918
6919     """
6920   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6921
6922 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6923   """
6924     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6925
6926     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6927     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6928     will process the events.
6929     """
6930   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6931
6932 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6933   """
6934     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6935
6936     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6937     window.
6938
6939     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6940     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6941     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6942     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6943     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6944     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6945     """
6946   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6947
6948 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6949
6950 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6951     """
6952     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6953     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6954     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6955     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6956     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6957     """
6958     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6959     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6960     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6961         """
6962         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6963
6964         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6965         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6966         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6967         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6968         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6969         """
6970         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6971 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6972
6973 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6974
6975 class PyEvent(Event):
6976     """
6977     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6978     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6979     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6980     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6981     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6982
6983     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6984
6985     """
6986     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6987     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6988     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6989         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6990         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6991         self._SetSelf(self)
6992
6993     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6994     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6995     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6996         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6997         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6998
6999     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7000         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7001         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7002
7003 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
7004
7005 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
7006     """
7007     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
7008     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
7009     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
7010     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
7011     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
7012     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
7013
7014     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
7015
7016     """
7017     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7018     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7019     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7020         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
7021         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7022         self._SetSelf(self)
7023
7024     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
7025     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7026     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7027         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
7028         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7029
7030     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7031         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7032         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7033
7034 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
7035
7036 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
7037     """
7038     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
7039     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
7040     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
7041     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
7042     """
7043     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7044     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7045     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7046         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
7047         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7048     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7049         """
7050         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
7051
7052         Returns the date.
7053         """
7054         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7055
7056     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7057         """
7058         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
7059
7060         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
7061         internally.
7062         """
7063         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7064
7065     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
7066 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
7067
7068 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
7069 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
7070
7071 class EventBlocker(EvtHandler):
7072     """Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window."""
7073     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7074     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7075     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7076         """
7077         __init__(self, Window win, EventType type=wxEVT_ANY) -> EventBlocker
7078
7079         Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window.
7080         """
7081         _core_.EventBlocker_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventBlocker(*args, **kwargs))
7082     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventBlocker
7083     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7084     def Block(*args, **kwargs):
7085         """Block(self, EventType type)"""
7086         return _core_.EventBlocker_Block(*args, **kwargs)
7087
7088 _core_.EventBlocker_swigregister(EventBlocker)
7089
7090 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7091
7092 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
7093 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
7094 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
7095 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
7096 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
7097 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
7098 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
7099     """
7100     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
7101     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
7102     """
7103     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7104     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7106         """
7107         __init__(self) -> PyApp
7108
7109         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
7110         """
7111         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
7112         self._setOORInfo(self, False);PyApp._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyApp)
7113
7114     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
7115     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7116     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
7117         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref=False)"""
7118         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
7119
7120     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7121         """
7122         GetAppName(self) -> String
7123
7124         Get the application name.
7125         """
7126         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7127
7128     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7129         """
7130         SetAppName(self, String name)
7131
7132         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
7133         `wx.Config` and such.
7134         """
7135         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7136
7137     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7138         """
7139         GetClassName(self) -> String
7140
7141         Get the application's class name.
7142         """
7143         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7144
7145     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7146         """
7147         SetClassName(self, String name)
7148
7149         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
7150         X-resources if applicable for the platform
7151         """
7152         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7153
7154     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7155         """
7156         GetVendorName(self) -> String
7157
7158         Get the application's vendor name.
7159         """
7160         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7161
7162     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7163         """
7164         SetVendorName(self, String name)
7165
7166         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
7167         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
7168         """
7169         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7170
7171     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
7172         """
7173         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
7174
7175         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
7176         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
7177         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
7178         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
7179         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
7180         differences behind the common facade.
7181
7182         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
7183         """
7184         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
7185
7186     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7187         """
7188         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
7189
7190         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
7191         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
7192         during each event loop iteration.
7193         """
7194         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7195
7196     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
7197         """
7198         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7199
7200         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
7201         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
7202         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
7203
7204         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
7205               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
7206               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
7207               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
7208
7209         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
7210
7211         """
7212         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
7213
7214     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7215         """
7216         WakeUpIdle(self)
7217
7218         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
7219         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
7220         """
7221         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7222
7223     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7224         """
7225         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7226
7227         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7228         currently be dispatched.
7229         """
7230         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7231
7232     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
7233     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7234         """
7235         MainLoop(self) -> int
7236
7237         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
7238         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
7239         """
7240         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7241
7242     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7243         """
7244         Exit(self)
7245
7246         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
7247         :see: `wx.Exit`
7248         """
7249         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7250
7251     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7252         """
7253         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7254
7255         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
7256         """
7257         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7258
7259     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7260         """
7261         ExitMainLoop(self)
7262
7263         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
7264         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
7265         """
7266         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7267
7268     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7269         """
7270         Pending(self) -> bool
7271
7272         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
7273         """
7274         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7275
7276     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7277         """
7278         Dispatch(self) -> bool
7279
7280         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
7281         appears if there are none currently)
7282         """
7283         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7284
7285     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7286         """
7287         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
7288
7289         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
7290         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
7291         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
7292         """
7293         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7294
7295     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7296         """
7297         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
7298
7299         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
7300         idle time is requested.
7301         """
7302         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7303
7304     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
7305         """
7306         IsActive(self) -> bool
7307
7308         Return True if our app has focus.
7309         """
7310         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
7311
7312     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7313         """
7314         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
7315
7316         Set the *main* top level window
7317         """
7318         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7319
7320     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7321         """
7322         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7323
7324         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7325         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7326         there not any, will return None)
7327         """
7328         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7329
7330     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7331         """
7332         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7333
7334         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7335         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7336         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7337         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7338         explicitly from somewhere.
7339         """
7340         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7341
7342     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7343         """
7344         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7345
7346         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7347         """
7348         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7349
7350     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7351         """
7352         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag, bool forceTrueColour=False)
7353
7354         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7355         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7356         """
7357         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7358
7359     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7360         """
7361         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7362
7363         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7364         """
7365         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7366
7367     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7368         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7369         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7370
7371     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7372         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7373         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7374
7375     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7376         """
7377         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7378
7379         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7380         """
7381         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7382
7383     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7384         """
7385         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7386
7387         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7388         """
7389         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7390
7391     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7392         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7393         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7394
7395     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7396     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7397         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7398         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7399
7400     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7401     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7402         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7403         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7404
7405     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7406     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7407         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7408         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7409
7410     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7411     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7412         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7413         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7414
7415     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7416     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7417         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7418         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7419
7420     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7421     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7422         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7423         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7424
7425     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7426     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7427         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7428         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7429
7430     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7431     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7432         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7433         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7434
7435     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7436     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7437         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7438         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7439
7440     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7441     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7442         """
7443         _BootstrapApp(self)
7444
7445         For internal use only
7446         """
7447         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7448
7449     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7450         """
7451         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7452
7453         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7454         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7455         """
7456         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7457
7458     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7459     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7460         """
7461         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7462
7463         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7464         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7465
7466            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7467              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7468              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7469
7470            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7471              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7472              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7473              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7474
7475            * On MS Windows...
7476
7477         """
7478         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7479
7480     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7481     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7482     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7483     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7484     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7485     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7486     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7487     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7488     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7489     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7490     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7491     Active = property(IsActive)
7492 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7493
7494 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7495   """
7496     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7497
7498     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7499     currently be dispatched.
7500     """
7501   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7502
7503 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7504   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7505   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7506
7507 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7508   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7509   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7510
7511 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7512   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7513   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7514
7515 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7516   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7517   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7518
7519 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7520   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7521   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7522
7523 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7524   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7525   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7526
7527 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7528   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7529   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7530
7531 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7532   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7533   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7534
7535 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7536   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7537   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7538
7539 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7540   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7541   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7542
7543 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7544   """
7545     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7546
7547     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7548     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7549     """
7550   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7551
7552 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7553   """
7554     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7555
7556     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7557     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7558
7559        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7560          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7561          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7562
7563        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7564          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7565          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7566          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7567
7568        * On MS Windows...
7569
7570     """
7571   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7572
7573 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7574
7575
7576 def Exit(*args):
7577   """
7578     Exit()
7579
7580     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7581     """
7582   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7583
7584 def Yield(*args):
7585   """
7586     Yield() -> bool
7587
7588     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7589     """
7590   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7591
7592 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7593   """
7594     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7595
7596     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7597     """
7598   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7599
7600 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7601   """
7602     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7603
7604     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7605     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7606     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7607     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7608     interaction.
7609
7610     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7611     """
7612   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7613
7614 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7615   """
7616     WakeUpIdle()
7617
7618     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7619     sent.
7620     """
7621   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7622
7623 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7624   """
7625     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7626
7627     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7628     later.
7629     """
7630   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7631
7632 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7633   """
7634     App_CleanUp()
7635
7636     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7637     Python shuts down.
7638     """
7639   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7640
7641 def GetApp(*args):
7642   """
7643     GetApp() -> PyApp
7644
7645     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7646     """
7647   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7648
7649 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7650   """
7651     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7652
7653     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7654     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7655
7656     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7657     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7658     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7659     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7660     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7661     """
7662   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7663
7664 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7665   """
7666     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7667
7668     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7669     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7670     """
7671   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7672 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7673
7674 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7675     """
7676     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7677     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7678     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7679     and write the text there.
7680     """
7681     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7682         self.frame  = None
7683         self.title  = title
7684         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7685         self.size   = (450, 300)
7686         self.parent = None
7687
7688     def SetParent(self, parent):
7689         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7690         self.parent = parent
7691
7692
7693     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7694         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7695                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7696         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7697                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7698         self.text.AppendText(st)
7699         self.frame.Show(True)
7700         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7701
7702
7703     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7704         if self.frame is not None:
7705             self.frame.Destroy()
7706         self.frame = None
7707         self.text  = None
7708
7709
7710     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7711     def write(self, text):
7712         """
7713         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7714         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7715         CallAfter to do the work there.
7716         """
7717         if self.frame is None:
7718             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7719                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7720             else:
7721                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7722         else:
7723             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7724                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7725             else:
7726                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7727
7728
7729     def close(self):
7730         if self.frame is not None:
7731             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7732
7733
7734     def flush(self):
7735         pass
7736
7737
7738
7739 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7740
7741 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7742
7743 class App(wx.PyApp):
7744     """
7745     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7746
7747       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7748         gui toolkit
7749       * set and get application-wide properties
7750       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7751         and to dispatch events to window instances
7752       * etc.
7753
7754     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7755     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7756     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7757     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7758
7759     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7760     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7761     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7762
7763     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7764            directly.
7765     """
7766
7767     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7768
7769     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7770                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7771         """
7772         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7773
7774         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7775             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7776             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7777             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7778             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7779             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7780             class of your choosing.)
7781
7782         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7783             redirect is True.
7784
7785         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7786             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7787             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7788             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7789             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7790             toolkit is initialized.
7791
7792         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7793             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7794             GUI apps will.
7795
7796         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7797             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7798             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7799         """
7800
7801         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7802
7803         # make sure we can create a GUI
7804         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7805
7806             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7807                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7808 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7809 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7810
7811             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7812                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7813
7814             else:
7815                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7816                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7817
7818             raise SystemExit(msg)
7819
7820         # This has to be done before OnInit
7821         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7822
7823         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7824         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7825         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7826         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7827         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7828         # expected (depending on platform.)
7829         if clearSigInt:
7830             try:
7831                 import signal
7832                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7833             except:
7834                 pass
7835
7836         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7837         self.stdioWin = None
7838         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7839         if redirect:
7840             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7841
7842         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7843         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7844
7845         # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one.
7846         wx.SystemOptions.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1)
7847
7848         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7849         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7850         self._BootstrapApp()
7851
7852
7853     def OnPreInit(self):
7854         """
7855         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7856         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7857         that OnInit is called.
7858         """
7859         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7860
7861
7862     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7863         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7864         destroy(self)
7865
7866     def Destroy(self):
7867         self.this.own(False)
7868         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7869
7870     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7871         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7872         if self.stdioWin:
7873             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7874         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7875
7876
7877     def MainLoop(self):
7878         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7879         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7880         self.RestoreStdio()
7881
7882
7883     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7884         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7885         if filename:
7886             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7887         else:
7888             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7889             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7890
7891
7892     def RestoreStdio(self):
7893         try:
7894             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7895         except:
7896             pass
7897
7898
7899     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7900         """
7901         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7902         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7903         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7904         """
7905         if self.stdioWin:
7906             if title is not None:
7907                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7908             if pos is not None:
7909                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7910             if size is not None:
7911                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7917 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7918 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7919 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7920 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7921 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7922 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7923 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7924 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7925 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7926 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7927 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7928
7929 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7930
7931 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7932     """
7933     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7934     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7935     about OnInit.  For example::
7936
7937         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7938         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7939         frame.Show()
7940         app.MainLoop()
7941
7942     :see: `wx.App`
7943     """
7944
7945     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7946                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7947         """
7948         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7949         """
7950         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7951
7952     def OnInit(self):
7953         return True
7954
7955
7956
7957 # Is anybody using this one?
7958 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7959     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7960         self.size = size
7961         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7962
7963     def OnInit(self):
7964         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7965         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7966         return True
7967
7968     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7969         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7970         self.frame.Show(True)
7971
7972 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7973 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7974 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7975 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7976 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7977
7978 class __wxPyCleanup:
7979     def __init__(self):
7980         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7981     def __del__(self):
7982         self.cleanup()
7983
7984 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7985
7986 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7987 ## import atexit
7988 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7989
7990
7991 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7992
7993 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7994
7995 class EventLoop(object):
7996     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7997     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7998     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7999     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8000         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
8001         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
8002     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
8003     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8004     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
8005         """Run(self) -> int"""
8006         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
8007
8008     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
8009         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
8010         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
8011
8012     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
8013         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
8014         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
8015
8016     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
8017         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
8018         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
8019
8020     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
8021         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
8022         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
8023
8024     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8025         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8026         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8027
8028     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
8029     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8030         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8031         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8032
8033     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
8034 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
8035
8036 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
8037   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8038   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
8039
8040 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8041   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8042   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8043
8044 class EventLoopActivator(object):
8045     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
8046     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8047     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8048     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8049         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
8050         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
8051     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
8052     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8053 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
8054
8055 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8056
8057 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
8058 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
8059 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
8060 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
8061 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
8062 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
8063     """
8064     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
8065     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
8066     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
8067     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
8068
8069     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
8070     """
8071     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8072     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8073     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8074         """
8075         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
8076
8077         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8078         """
8079         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
8080     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
8081     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8082     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
8083         """
8084         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
8085
8086         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8087         :see `__init__`
8088         """
8089         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
8090
8091     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8092         """
8093         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8094
8095         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8096         it coulnd't be parsed.
8097         """
8098         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8099
8100     Create = staticmethod(Create)
8101     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
8102         """
8103         GetFlags(self) -> int
8104
8105         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
8106         """
8107         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
8108
8109     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
8110         """
8111         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
8112
8113         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
8114         """
8115         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
8116
8117     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
8118         """
8119         GetCommand(self) -> int
8120
8121         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
8122         """
8123         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
8124
8125     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8126         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8127         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8128
8129     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
8130         """
8131         ToString(self) -> String
8132
8133         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
8134         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
8135         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
8136
8137         """
8138         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
8139
8140     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
8141         """
8142         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
8143
8144         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
8145         """
8146         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
8147
8148     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
8149     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
8150     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
8151 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
8152
8153 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
8154   """
8155     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8156
8157     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8158     it coulnd't be parsed.
8159     """
8160   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8161
8162 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
8163     """
8164     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
8165     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
8166     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
8167     supported.
8168     """
8169     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8170     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8171     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8172         """
8173         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
8174
8175         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8176         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
8177
8178         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8179         """
8180         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
8181     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
8182     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8183     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8184         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8185         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8186
8187     Ok = IsOk
8188 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
8189
8190 def GetAccelFromString(label):
8191     entry = AcceleratorEntry()
8192     entry.FromString(label)
8193     return entry
8194
8195 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8196
8197 class VisualAttributes(object):
8198     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
8199     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8200     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8201     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8202         """
8203         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
8204
8205         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
8206         """
8207         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
8208     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
8209     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8210     def _get_font(*args, **kwargs):
8211         """_get_font(self) -> Font"""
8212         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_font(*args, **kwargs)
8213
8214     def _get_colFg(*args, **kwargs):
8215         """_get_colFg(self) -> Colour"""
8216         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colFg(*args, **kwargs)
8217
8218     def _get_colBg(*args, **kwargs):
8219         """_get_colBg(self) -> Colour"""
8220         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colBg(*args, **kwargs)
8221
8222     font = property(_get_font)
8223     colFg = property(_get_colFg)
8224     colBg = property(_get_colBg)
8225 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
8226 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
8227 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
8228
8229 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
8230 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
8231 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
8232 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
8233 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
8234 class Window(EvtHandler):
8235     """
8236     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
8237     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
8238     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
8239     appear on screen themselves.
8240
8241     """
8242     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8243     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8244     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8245         """
8246         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8247             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
8248
8249         Construct and show a generic Window.
8250         """
8251         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
8252         self._setOORInfo(self)
8253
8254     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8255         """
8256         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8257             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
8258
8259         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
8260         """
8261         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8262
8263     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
8264         """
8265         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
8266
8267         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
8268         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
8269         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
8270         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
8271         """
8272         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
8273
8274     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
8275         """
8276         Destroy(self) -> bool
8277
8278         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
8279         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
8280         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
8281         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
8282         non-existent windows.
8283
8284         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
8285         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
8286         """
8287         args[0].this.own(False)
8288         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
8289
8290     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8291         """
8292         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
8293
8294         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
8295         destructor.
8296         """
8297         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8298
8299     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
8300         """
8301         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
8302
8303         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
8304         """
8305         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
8306
8307     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8308         """
8309         SetLabel(self, String label)
8310
8311         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
8312         """
8313         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8314
8315     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8316         """
8317         GetLabel(self) -> String
8318
8319         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
8320         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
8321         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
8322         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
8323         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
8324         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
8325         """
8326         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8327
8328     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
8329         """
8330         SetName(self, String name)
8331
8332         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
8333         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
8334         """
8335         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
8336
8337     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
8338         """
8339         GetName(self) -> String
8340
8341         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
8342         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
8343         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
8344         """
8345         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
8346
8347     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8348         """
8349         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
8350
8351         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
8352         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
8353         """
8354         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8355
8356     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8357         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
8358         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8359
8360     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
8361         """
8362         SetId(self, int winid)
8363
8364         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8365         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
8366         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
8367         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
8368         """
8369         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
8370
8371     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
8372         """
8373         GetId(self) -> int
8374
8375         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8376         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
8377         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
8378         generated.
8379         """
8380         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
8381
8382     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8383         """
8384         NewControlId() -> int
8385
8386         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8387         """
8388         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8389
8390     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8391     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8392         """
8393         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8394
8395         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8396         autogenerated) id
8397         """
8398         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8399
8400     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8401     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8402         """
8403         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8404
8405         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8406         autogenerated) id
8407         """
8408         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8409
8410     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8411     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8412         """
8413         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8414
8415         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8416         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8417         """
8418         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8419
8420     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8421         """
8422         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8423
8424         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8425         """
8426         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8427
8428     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8429         """
8430         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8431
8432         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8433         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8434         """
8435         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8436
8437     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8438         """
8439         SetSize(self, Size size)
8440
8441         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8442         """
8443         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8444
8445     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8446         """
8447         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8448
8449         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8450         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8451         equal to -1.
8452
8453             ========================  ======================================
8454             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8455                                       default should be used.
8456             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8457                                       -1 values are supplied.
8458             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8459                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8460                                       default values.
8461             ========================  ======================================
8462
8463         """
8464         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8465
8466     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8467         """
8468         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8469
8470         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8471         """
8472         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8473
8474     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8475         """
8476         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8477
8478         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8479         """
8480         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8481
8482     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8483         """
8484         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8485
8486         Moves the window to the given position.
8487         """
8488         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8489
8490     SetPosition = Move
8491     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8492         """
8493         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8494
8495         Moves the window to the given position.
8496         """
8497         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8498
8499     def SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs):
8500         """
8501         SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8502
8503         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8504         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8505         """
8506         return _core_.Window_SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs)
8507
8508     SetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(SetInitialSize, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')
8509     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8510         """
8511         Raise(self)
8512
8513         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8514         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8515         """
8516         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8517
8518     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8519         """
8520         Lower(self)
8521
8522         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8523         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8524         """
8525         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8526
8527     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8528         """
8529         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8530
8531         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8532         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8533         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8534         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8535         around panel items, for example.
8536         """
8537         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8538
8539     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8540         """
8541         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8542
8543         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8544         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8545         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8546         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8547         around panel items, for example.
8548         """
8549         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8550
8551     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8552         """
8553         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8554
8555         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8556         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8557         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8558         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8559         around panel items, for example.
8560         """
8561         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8562
8563     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8564         """
8565         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8566
8567         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8568         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8569         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8570         kinds of windows.
8571         """
8572         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8573
8574     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8575         """
8576         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8577
8578         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8579         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8580         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8581         kinds of windows.
8582         """
8583         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8584
8585     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8586         """
8587         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8588
8589         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8590         """
8591         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8592
8593     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8594         """
8595         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8596
8597         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8598         """
8599         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8600
8601     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8602         """
8603         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8604
8605         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8606         a `wx.Rect` object.
8607         """
8608         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8609
8610     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8611         """
8612         GetSize(self) -> Size
8613
8614         Get the window size.
8615         """
8616         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8617
8618     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8619         """
8620         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8621
8622         Get the window size.
8623         """
8624         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8625
8626     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8627         """
8628         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8629
8630         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8631         """
8632         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8633
8634     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8635         """
8636         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8637
8638         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8639         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8640         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8641         """
8642         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8643
8644     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8645         """
8646         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8647
8648         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8649         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8650         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8651         """
8652         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8653
8654     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8655         """
8656         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8657
8658         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8659         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8660         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8661         """
8662         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8663
8664     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8665         """
8666         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8667
8668         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8669         """
8670         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8671
8672     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8673         """
8674         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8675
8676         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8677         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8678         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8679         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8680         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8681         after calling Fit.
8682         """
8683         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8684
8685     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8686         """
8687         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8688
8689         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8690         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8691         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8692         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8693         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8694         after calling Fit.
8695         """
8696         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8697
8698     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8699         """
8700         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8701
8702         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8703         time it is needed.
8704         """
8705         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8706
8707     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8708         """
8709         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8710
8711         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8712         some properties of the window change.)
8713         """
8714         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8715
8716     def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8717         """
8718         GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size
8719
8720         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8721         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8722         the results.
8723
8724         """
8725         return _core_.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8726
8727     GetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(GetEffectiveMinSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8728     def GetAdjustedBestSize(self):
8729         s = self.GetBestSize()
8730         return wx.Size(max(s.width,  self.GetMinWidth()),
8731                        max(s.height, self.GetMinHeight()))
8732     GetAdjustedBestSize = wx._deprecated(GetAdjustedBestSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8733
8734     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8735         """
8736         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8737
8738         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8739         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8740         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8741         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8742         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8743         relative to the screen.
8744         """
8745         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8746
8747     Centre = Center
8748     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8749         """
8750         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8751
8752         Center with respect to the the parent window
8753         """
8754         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8755
8756     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8757     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8758         """
8759         Fit(self)
8760
8761         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8762         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8763         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8764         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8765         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8766         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8767         instead of calling Fit.
8768         """
8769         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8770
8771     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8772         """
8773         FitInside(self)
8774
8775         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8776         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8777         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8778         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8779         anything if there are no subwindows.
8780         """
8781         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8782
8783     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8784         """
8785         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8786             int incH=-1)
8787
8788         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8789         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8790         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8791         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8792         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8793         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8794
8795         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8796         """
8797         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8798
8799     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8800         """
8801         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8802
8803         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8804         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8805         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8806         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8807         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8808         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8809
8810         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8811         """
8812         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8813
8814     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8815         """
8816         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8817
8818         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8819         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8820         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8821         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8822         """
8823         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8824
8825     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8826         """
8827         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8828
8829         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8830         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8831         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8832         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8833         """
8834         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8835
8836     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8837         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8838         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8839
8840     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8841         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8842         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8843
8844     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8845         """
8846         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8847
8848         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8849         min size.
8850         """
8851         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8852
8853     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8854         """
8855         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8856
8857         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8858         max size.
8859         """
8860         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8861
8862     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8863         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8864         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8865
8866     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8867         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8868         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8869
8870     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8871         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8872         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8873
8874     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8875         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8876         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8877
8878     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8879         """
8880         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8881
8882         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8883         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8884         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8885         """
8886         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8887
8888     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8889         """
8890         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8891
8892         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8893         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8894         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8895         """
8896         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8897
8898     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8899         """
8900         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8901
8902         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8903         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8904         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8905         """
8906         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8907
8908     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8909         """
8910         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8911
8912         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8913         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8914         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8915         """
8916         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8917
8918     def GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs):
8919         """
8920         GetWindowBorderSize(self) -> Size
8921
8922         Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.
8923         """
8924         return _core_.Window_GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs)
8925
8926     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8927         """
8928         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8929
8930         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8931         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8932         """
8933         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8934
8935     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8936         """
8937         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8938
8939         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8940         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8941         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8942         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8943         because it already was in the requested state.
8944         """
8945         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8946
8947     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8948         """
8949         Hide(self) -> bool
8950
8951         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8952         """
8953         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8954
8955     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8956         """
8957         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8958
8959         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8960         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8961         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8962         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8963         window had already been in the specified state.
8964         """
8965         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8966
8967     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8968         """
8969         Disable(self) -> bool
8970
8971         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8972         """
8973         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8974
8975     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8976         """
8977         IsShown(self) -> bool
8978
8979         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8980         """
8981         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8982
8983     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8984         """
8985         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8986
8987         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8988         This method takes into account the enabled state of parent windows up
8989         to the top-level window.
8990         """
8991         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8992
8993     def IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8994         """
8995         IsThisEnabled(self) -> bool
8996
8997         Returns the internal enabled state independent of the parent(s) state,
8998         i.e. the state in which the window would be if all of its parents are
8999         enabled.  Use `IsEnabled` to get the effective window state.
9000         """
9001         return _core_.Window_IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9002
9003     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9004         """
9005         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
9006
9007         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
9008         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
9009         shown as well.
9010         """
9011         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9012
9013     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9014         """
9015         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
9016
9017         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
9018         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
9019         called after changing the others for the change to take place
9020         immediately.
9021         """
9022         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9023
9024     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9025         """
9026         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
9027
9028         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
9029         method.
9030         """
9031         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9032
9033     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
9034     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9035         """
9036         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
9037
9038         Test if the given style is set for this window.
9039         """
9040         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9041
9042     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
9043         """
9044         IsRetained(self) -> bool
9045
9046         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
9047         windows are only available on X platforms.
9048         """
9049         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
9050
9051     def ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9052         """
9053         ToggleWindowStyle(self, int flag) -> bool
9054
9055         Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
9056         returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.
9057         """
9058         return _core_.Window_ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9059
9060     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9061         """
9062         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
9063
9064         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
9065         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
9066         SetWindowStyleFlag()
9067         """
9068         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9069
9070     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9071         """
9072         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
9073
9074         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
9075         """
9076         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9077
9078     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
9079         """
9080         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
9081
9082         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
9083         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
9084         effect.
9085         """
9086         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
9087
9088     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9089         """
9090         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
9091
9092         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
9093          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
9094          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
9095          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
9096          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
9097          user's selected theme.
9098
9099         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
9100         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
9101         """
9102         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9103
9104     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9105         """
9106         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
9107
9108         Return the themeEnabled flag.
9109         """
9110         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9111
9112     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9113         """
9114         SetFocus(self)
9115
9116         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
9117         """
9118         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9119
9120     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
9121         """
9122         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
9123
9124         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
9125         only called internally.
9126         """
9127         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
9128
9129     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9130         """
9131         FindFocus() -> Window
9132
9133         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9134         or None.
9135         """
9136         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9137
9138     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
9139     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9140         """
9141         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
9142
9143         Can this window have focus?
9144         """
9145         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9146
9147     def CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9148         """
9149         CanAcceptFocus(self) -> bool
9150
9151         Can this window have focus right now?
9152         """
9153         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9154
9155     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9156         """
9157         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9158
9159         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
9160         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
9161         it.
9162         """
9163         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9164
9165     def CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9166         """
9167         CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9168
9169         Can this window be assigned focus from keyboard right now?
9170         """
9171         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9172
9173     def SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9174         """SetCanFocus(self, bool canFocus)"""
9175         return _core_.Window_SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9176
9177     def NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs):
9178         """
9179         NavigateIn(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9180
9181         Navigates inside this window.
9182         """
9183         return _core_.Window_NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs)
9184
9185     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
9186         """
9187         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9188
9189         Does keyboard navigation starting from this window to another.  This is
9190         equivalient to self.GetParent().NavigateIn().
9191         """
9192         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
9193
9194     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9195         """
9196         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9197
9198         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
9199         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
9200         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
9201
9202         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
9203         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
9204         windows.
9205
9206         """
9207         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9208
9209     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9210         """
9211         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9212
9213         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
9214         before win instead of putting it right after it.
9215         """
9216         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9217
9218     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
9219         """
9220         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
9221
9222         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
9223         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
9224         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
9225         do not change.
9226         """
9227         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
9228
9229     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
9230         """
9231         GetParent(self) -> Window
9232
9233         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
9234         """
9235         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
9236
9237     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
9238         """
9239         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
9240
9241         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
9242         isn't one.
9243         """
9244         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
9245
9246     def GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs):
9247         """
9248         GetTopLevelParent(self) -> Window
9249
9250         Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.
9251         """
9252         return _core_.Window_GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs)
9253
9254     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
9255         """
9256         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
9257
9258         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
9259         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
9260         if they have a parent window).
9261         """
9262         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
9263
9264     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
9265         """
9266         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
9267
9268         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
9269         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
9270         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
9271         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
9272         oldParent)
9273         """
9274         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
9275
9276     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
9277         """
9278         AddChild(self, Window child)
9279
9280         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
9281         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
9282         """
9283         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
9284
9285     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
9286         """
9287         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
9288
9289         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
9290         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
9291         programmer.
9292         """
9293         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
9294
9295     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9296         """
9297         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
9298
9299         Currently wxGTK2 only.
9300         """
9301         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9302
9303     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9304         """
9305         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
9306
9307         Find a chld of this window by window ID
9308         """
9309         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9310
9311     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9312         """
9313         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
9314
9315         Find a child of this window by name
9316         """
9317         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9318
9319     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9320         """
9321         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
9322
9323         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
9324         its own event handler.
9325         """
9326         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9327
9328     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9329         """
9330         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9331
9332         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
9333         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
9334         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
9335         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
9336         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
9337         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
9338         classes.
9339
9340         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
9341         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
9342         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
9343         """
9344         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9345
9346     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9347         """
9348         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9349
9350         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
9351         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
9352         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
9353         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
9354         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
9355         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
9356         different window classes.
9357
9358         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
9359         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
9360         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
9361         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
9362         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
9363         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
9364         its Destroy method yourself.
9365         """
9366         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9367
9368     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9369         """
9370         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
9371
9372         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
9373         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
9374         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
9375         """
9376         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9377
9378     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9379         """
9380         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
9381
9382         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
9383         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
9384         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
9385         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
9386         there.)
9387         """
9388         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9389
9390     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9391         """
9392         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
9393
9394         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
9395         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
9396         type.
9397         """
9398         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9399
9400     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9401         """
9402         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
9403
9404         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
9405         there is none.
9406         """
9407         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9408
9409     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9410         """
9411         Validate(self) -> bool
9412
9413         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
9414         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9415         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
9416         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
9417         """
9418         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9419
9420     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9421         """
9422         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
9423
9424         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
9425         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9426         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
9427         all child windows.
9428         """
9429         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9430
9431     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9432         """
9433         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
9434
9435         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
9436         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
9437         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
9438         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
9439         """
9440         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9441
9442     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9443         """
9444         InitDialog(self)
9445
9446         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9447         to the dialog via validators.
9448         """
9449         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9450
9451     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9452         """
9453         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9454
9455         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9456         """
9457         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9458
9459     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9460         """
9461         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9462
9463         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9464         """
9465         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9466
9467     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9468         """
9469         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9470
9471         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9472         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9473         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9474         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9475         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9476         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9477         hotkey was registered successfully.
9478         """
9479         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9480
9481     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9482         """
9483         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9484
9485         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9486         """
9487         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9488
9489     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9490         """
9491         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9492
9493         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9494         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9495         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9496         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9497         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9498         then divided by 8.
9499         """
9500         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9501
9502     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9503         """
9504         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9505
9506         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9507         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9508         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9509         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9510         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9511         then divided by 8.
9512         """
9513         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9514
9515     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9516         """
9517         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9518
9519         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9520         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9521         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9522         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9523         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9524         then divided by 8.
9525         """
9526         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9527
9528     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9529         """
9530         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9531
9532         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9533         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9534         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9535         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9536         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9537         then divided by 8.
9538         """
9539         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9540
9541     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9542         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9543         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9544
9545     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9546         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9547         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9548
9549     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9550         """
9551         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9552
9553         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9554
9555         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9556         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9557         """
9558         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9559
9560     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9561         """
9562         CaptureMouse(self)
9563
9564         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9565         release the capture.
9566
9567         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9568         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9569         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9570         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9571         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9572         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9573
9574         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9575         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9576         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9577         recapture mouse.
9578         """
9579         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9580
9581     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9582         """
9583         ReleaseMouse(self)
9584
9585         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9586         """
9587         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9588
9589     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9590         """
9591         GetCapture() -> Window
9592
9593         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9594         """
9595         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9596
9597     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9598     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9599         """
9600         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9601
9602         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9603         """
9604         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9605
9606     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9607         """
9608         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9609
9610         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9611         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9612         to the window.
9613         """
9614         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9615
9616     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9617         """
9618         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9619
9620         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9621         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9622         """
9623         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9624
9625     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9626         """
9627         Update(self)
9628
9629         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9630         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9631         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9632         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9633         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh`
9634         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9635         it) unconditionally.
9636         """
9637         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9638
9639     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9640         """
9641         ClearBackground(self)
9642
9643         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9644         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9645         """
9646         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9647
9648     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9649         """
9650         Freeze(self)
9651
9652         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9653         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9654         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9655         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9656         been undone.
9657
9658         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9659         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9660         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9661         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9662         mandatory directive.
9663         """
9664         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9665
9666     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9667         """
9668         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9669
9670         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9671
9672         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9673         """
9674         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9675
9676     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9677         """
9678         Thaw(self)
9679
9680         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9681         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9682         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9683         """
9684         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9685
9686     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9687         """
9688         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9689
9690         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9691         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9692         scroll position.
9693         """
9694         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9695
9696     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9697         """
9698         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9699
9700         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9701         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9702         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9703         later.
9704         """
9705         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9706
9707     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9708         """
9709         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9710
9711         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9712         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9713         """
9714         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9715
9716     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9717         """
9718         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9719
9720         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9721         """
9722         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9723
9724     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9725         """
9726         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9727
9728         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9729         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9730         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9731         exposed.
9732         """
9733         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9734
9735     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9736         """
9737         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9738
9739         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9740         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9741         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9742         exposed.
9743         """
9744         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9745
9746     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9747         """
9748         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9749
9750         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9751         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9752         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9753         exposed.
9754         """
9755         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9756
9757     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9758         """
9759         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9760
9761         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9762         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9763         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9764         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9765         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9766         """
9767         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9768
9769     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9770         """
9771         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9772
9773         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9774         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9775         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9776         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9777         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9778
9779         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9780         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9781         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9782         this.
9783         """
9784         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9785
9786     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9787     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9788         """
9789         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9790
9791         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9792         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9793         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9794         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9795         to the default background colour.
9796
9797         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9798         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9799         calling this function.
9800
9801         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9802         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9803         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9804         applications on the system.
9805         """
9806         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9807
9808     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9809         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9810         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9811
9812     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9813         """
9814         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9815
9816         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9817         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9818         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9819         not be used at all.
9820         """
9821         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9822
9823     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9824         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9825         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9826
9827     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9828         """
9829         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9830
9831         Returns the background colour of the window.
9832         """
9833         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9834
9835     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9836         """
9837         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9838
9839         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9840         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9841         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9842         """
9843         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9844
9845     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9846         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9847         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9848
9849     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9850         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9851         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9852
9853     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9854         """
9855         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9856
9857         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9858         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9859
9860             ======================  ========================================
9861             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9862                                     be determined by the system
9863             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9864             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9865                                     application.
9866             ======================  ========================================
9867
9868         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9869         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9870         no effect on other platforms.
9871
9872         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9873         """
9874         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9875
9876     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9877         """
9878         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9879
9880         Returns the background style of the window.
9881
9882         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9883         """
9884         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9885
9886     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9887         """
9888         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9889
9890         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9891         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9892         background.
9893
9894         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9895         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9896         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9897         correctly.
9898         """
9899         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9900
9901     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9902         """
9903         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9904
9905         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9906         for the children of the window implicitly.
9907
9908         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9909         be reset back to default.
9910         """
9911         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9912
9913     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9914         """
9915         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9916
9917         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9918         """
9919         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9920
9921     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9922         """
9923         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9924
9925         Sets the font for this window.
9926         """
9927         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9928
9929     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9930         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9931         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9932
9933     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9934         """
9935         GetFont(self) -> Font
9936
9937         Returns the default font used for this window.
9938         """
9939         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9940
9941     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9942         """
9943         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9944
9945         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9946         """
9947         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9948
9949     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9950         """
9951         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9952
9953         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9954         """
9955         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9956
9957     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9958         """
9959         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9960
9961         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9962         """
9963         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9964
9965     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9966         """
9967         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9968
9969         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9970         """
9971         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9972
9973     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9974         """
9975         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9976
9977         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9978         """
9979         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9980
9981     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9982         """
9983         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9984            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9985
9986         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9987         current or specified font.
9988         """
9989         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9990
9991     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9992         """
9993         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9994
9995         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9996         """
9997         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9998
9999     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
10000         """
10001         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
10002
10003         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10004         """
10005         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
10006
10007     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
10008         """
10009         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
10010
10011         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
10012         """
10013         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
10014
10015     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
10016         """
10017         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
10018
10019         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10020         """
10021         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
10022
10023     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
10024         """
10025         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
10026
10027         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10028         """
10029         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
10030
10031     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
10032         """
10033         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
10034
10035         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10036         """
10037         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
10038
10039     def GetBorder(*args):
10040         """
10041         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
10042         GetBorder(self) -> int
10043
10044         Get border for the flags of this window
10045         """
10046         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
10047
10048     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
10049         """
10050         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
10051
10052         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
10053         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
10054         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
10055         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
10056         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
10057         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
10058         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
10059         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
10060         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
10061         in idle time.
10062         """
10063         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
10064
10065     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
10066         """
10067         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
10068
10069         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10070         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10071         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10072         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
10073         mouse cursor will be used.
10074         """
10075         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
10076
10077     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10078         """
10079         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
10080
10081         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10082         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10083         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10084         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
10085         mouse cursor will be used.
10086         """
10087         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10088
10089     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
10090         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
10091         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
10092
10093     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10094         """
10095         GetHandle(self) -> long
10096
10097         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
10098         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
10099         toplevel parent of the window.
10100         """
10101         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10102
10103     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10104         """
10105         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
10106
10107         Associate the window with a new native handle
10108         """
10109         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10110
10111     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10112         """
10113         DissociateHandle(self)
10114
10115         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
10116         """
10117         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10118
10119     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
10120         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
10121         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
10122
10123     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10124         """
10125         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
10126
10127         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
10128         """
10129         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10130
10131     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10132         """
10133         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
10134             bool refresh=True)
10135
10136         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
10137         """
10138         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10139
10140     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10141         """
10142         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
10143
10144         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
10145         """
10146         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10147
10148     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10149         """
10150         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
10151
10152         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
10153         """
10154         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10155
10156     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
10157         """
10158         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
10159
10160         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
10161         """
10162         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
10163
10164     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
10165         """
10166         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
10167
10168         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
10169         """
10170         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
10171
10172     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10173         """
10174         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
10175
10176         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
10177         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
10178         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
10179         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
10180         """
10181         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10182
10183     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
10184         """
10185         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
10186
10187         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10188         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
10189         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10190         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10191         """
10192         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
10193
10194     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
10195         """
10196         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
10197
10198         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10199         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
10200         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10201         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10202         """
10203         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
10204
10205     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
10206         """
10207         LineUp(self) -> bool
10208
10209         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
10210         """
10211         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
10212
10213     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
10214         """
10215         LineDown(self) -> bool
10216
10217         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
10218         """
10219         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
10220
10221     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
10222         """
10223         PageUp(self) -> bool
10224
10225         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
10226         """
10227         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
10228
10229     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
10230         """
10231         PageDown(self) -> bool
10232
10233         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
10234         """
10235         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
10236
10237     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10238         """
10239         SetHelpText(self, String text)
10240
10241         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10242         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10243         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10244         """
10245         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10246
10247     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
10248         """
10249         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
10250
10251         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
10252         one.
10253         """
10254         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
10255
10256     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
10257         """
10258         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
10259
10260         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
10261
10262         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
10263         and this method should return the global window help text then
10264
10265         """
10266         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
10267
10268     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10269         """
10270         GetHelpText(self) -> String
10271
10272         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10273         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10274         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10275         """
10276         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """
10280         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
10281
10282         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10283         """
10284         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """
10288         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
10289
10290         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10291         """
10292         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """
10296         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
10297
10298         get the associated tooltip or None if none
10299         """
10300         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """
10304         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
10305
10306         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
10307         a drop target, it is deleted.
10308         """
10309         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10310
10311     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10312         """
10313         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
10314
10315         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
10316         """
10317         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10318
10319     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
10320         """
10321         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
10322
10323         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
10324         Only functional on Windows.
10325         """
10326         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
10327
10328     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10329         """
10330         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
10331
10332         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
10333         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
10334         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
10335         constraints.
10336
10337         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
10338         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
10339         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
10340         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
10341         effect.
10342         """
10343         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10344
10345     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10346         """
10347         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
10348
10349         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
10350         are none.
10351         """
10352         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10353
10354     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10355         """
10356         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
10357
10358         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
10359         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
10360         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
10361         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
10362
10363         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
10364         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
10365         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
10366         """
10367         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10368
10369     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10370         """
10371         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
10372
10373         Returns the current autoLayout setting
10374         """
10375         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10376
10377     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
10378         """
10379         Layout(self) -> bool
10380
10381         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
10382         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
10383         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
10384         handler when the window is resized.
10385         """
10386         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
10387
10388     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10389         """
10390         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10391
10392         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
10393         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
10394         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
10395         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
10396         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
10397         non-None, and False otherwise.
10398         """
10399         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10400
10401     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
10402         """
10403         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10404
10405         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
10406         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
10407         """
10408         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10411         """
10412         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10413
10414         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
10415         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
10416         """
10417         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10418
10419     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10420         """
10421         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10422
10423         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
10424         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
10425         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
10426         """
10427         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10428
10429     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10430         """
10431         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
10432
10433         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
10434         """
10435         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10436
10437     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10438         """
10439         InheritAttributes(self)
10440
10441         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10442         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10443         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10444         colours.
10445
10446         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10447         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10448         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10449         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10450         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10451         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10452         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10453         no matter what and only the font might.
10454
10455         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10456         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10457         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10458         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10459         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10460         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10461         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10462         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10463         parents attributes.
10464
10465         """
10466         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10467
10468     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10469         """
10470         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10471
10472         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10473         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10474         from the parent window.
10475
10476         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10477         wxControl where it returns true.
10478         """
10479         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10480
10481     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10482         """
10483         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10484
10485         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10486         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10487         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10488         possible to set the transparency.
10489
10490         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10491         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10492         as xcompmgr) running.
10493         """
10494         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10495
10496     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10497         """
10498         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10499
10500         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10501         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10502         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10503         opaque.
10504         """
10505         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10506
10507     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10508         """
10509         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10510         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10511         """
10512         self.this = pre.this
10513         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10514         pre.thisown = 0
10515         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10516             try:
10517                 self._setOORInfo(self)
10518             except TypeError:
10519                 pass
10520         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10521             try:
10522                 self._setCallbackInfo(self, pre.__class__)
10523             except TypeError:
10524                 pass
10525
10526     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10527         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10528
10529     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10530     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10531     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10532     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10533     EffectiveMinSize = property(GetEffectiveMinSize,doc="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")
10534     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10535     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10536     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10537     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10538     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10539     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10540     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10541     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10542     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10543     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10544     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10545     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10546     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10547     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10548     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10549     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10550     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10551     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10552     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10553     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10554     TopLevelParent = property(GetTopLevelParent,doc="See `GetTopLevelParent`")
10555     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10556     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10557     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10558     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10559     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10560     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10561     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10562     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10563     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10564     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10565     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10566     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10567     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10568     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10569     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10570     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10571     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10572     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10573     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10574     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10575     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10576     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10577     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10578     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10579     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10580     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10581     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10582     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10583     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10584     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10585     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10586 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10587
10588 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10589     """
10590     PreWindow() -> Window
10591
10592     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10593     """
10594     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10595     return val
10596
10597 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10598   """
10599     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10600
10601     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10602     """
10603   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10604
10605 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10606   """
10607     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10608
10609     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10610     autogenerated) id
10611     """
10612   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10613
10614 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10615   """
10616     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10617
10618     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10619     autogenerated) id
10620     """
10621   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10622
10623 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10624   """
10625     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10626
10627     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10628     or None.
10629     """
10630   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10631
10632 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10633   """
10634     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10635
10636     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10637     """
10638   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10639
10640 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10641   """
10642     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10643
10644     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10645     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10646     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10647     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10648     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10649
10650     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10651     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10652     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10653     this.
10654     """
10655   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10656
10657 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10658     """
10659     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10660     dialog units to pixel units.
10661     """
10662     if y is None:
10663         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10664     else:
10665         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10666
10667 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10668     """
10669     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10670     dialog units to pixel units.
10671     """
10672     if height is None:
10673         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10674     else:
10675         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10676
10677
10678 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10679   """
10680     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10681
10682     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10683     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10684     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10685     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10686     """
10687   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10688
10689 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10690   """
10691     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10692
10693     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10694     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10695     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10696     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10697     cases.
10698
10699     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10700     """
10701   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10702
10703 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10704   """
10705     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10706
10707     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10708     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10709     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10710     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10711     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10712     """
10713   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10714
10715 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10716   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10717   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10718
10719 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10720   """
10721     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10722
10723     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10724     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10725     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10726     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10727
10728     """
10729   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10730 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10731
10732 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10733     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10734     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10735     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10736     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10737         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10738         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10739         self._setOORInfo(self)
10740
10741     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10742         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10743         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10744
10745     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10746         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10747         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10751         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10752
10753     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10754         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10755         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10756
10757     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10758         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10759         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10760
10761     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10762         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10763         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10764
10765     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10766         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10767         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10768
10769     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10770     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10771         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10772         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10773
10774     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10775     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10776 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10777
10778 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10779   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10780   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10781
10782 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10783   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10784   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10785
10786 class PyValidator(Validator):
10787     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10788     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10789     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10790     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10791         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10792         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10793         self._setOORInfo(self);PyValidator._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyValidator)
10794
10795     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10796         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=1)"""
10797         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10798
10799 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10800
10801 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10802
10803 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10804     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10805     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10806     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10807     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10808         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10809         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10810         self._setOORInfo(self)
10811
10812     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10813         """
10814         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10815             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10816         """
10817         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10818
10819     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10820         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10821         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10822
10823     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10824         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10825         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10826
10827     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10828         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10829         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10830
10831     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10832         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10833         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10834
10835     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10836         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10837         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10838
10839     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10840         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10841         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10842
10843     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10844         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10845         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10846
10847     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10848         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10849         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10850
10851     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10852         """Break(self)"""
10853         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10854
10855     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10856         """
10857         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10858             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10859         """
10860         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10861
10862     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10863         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10864         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10865
10866     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10867         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10868         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10869
10870     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10871         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10872         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10873
10874     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10875         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10876         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10877
10878     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10879         """
10880         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10881             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10882         """
10883         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10884
10885     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10886         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10887         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10888
10889     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10890         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10891         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10892
10893     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10894         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10895         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10896
10897     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10898         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10899         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10900
10901     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10902         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10903         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10904
10905     def RemoveItem(self, item):
10906         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10907         #// The return object is always the parameter, so return that
10908         #// proxy instead of the new one
10909         val = _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(self, item)
10910         item.this.own(val.this.own())
10911         val.this.disown()
10912         return item
10913
10914
10915     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10916         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10917         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10918
10919     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10920         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10921         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10922
10923     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10924         """
10925         Destroy(self)
10926
10927         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10928         """
10929         args[0].this.own(False)
10930         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10931
10932     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10933         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10934         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10935
10936     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10937         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10938         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10939
10940     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10941         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10942         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10943
10944     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10945         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10946         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10947
10948     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10949         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10950         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10951
10952     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10953         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10954         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10955
10956     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10957         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10958         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10959
10960     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10961         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10962         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10963
10964     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10965         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10966         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10967
10968     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10969         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10970         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10971
10972     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10973         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10974         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10975
10976     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10977         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10978         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10979
10980     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10981         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10982         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10983
10984     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10985         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10986         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10987
10988     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10989         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10990         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10991
10992     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10993         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10994         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10995
10996     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10997         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10998         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10999
11000     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11001         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
11002         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11003
11004     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11005         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
11006         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11007
11008     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11009         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
11010         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11011
11012     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11013         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
11014         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11015
11016     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
11017         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
11018         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
11019
11020     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
11021         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
11022         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
11023
11024     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
11025         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
11026         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
11027
11028     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11029         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
11030         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11031
11032     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11033         """Detach(self)"""
11034         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11035
11036     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11037         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11038         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11039
11040     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11041         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
11042         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11043
11044     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11045         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
11046         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11047
11048     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
11049     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
11050     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
11051     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
11052     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
11053     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
11054     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
11055     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
11056     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
11057 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
11058 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
11059
11060 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11061
11062 class MenuBar(Window):
11063     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
11064     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11065     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11066     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11067         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
11068         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
11069         self._setOORInfo(self)
11070
11071     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11072         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11073         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11074
11075     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11076         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11077         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11078
11079     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
11080         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
11081         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
11082
11083     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11084         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11085         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11086
11087     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
11088         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
11089         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
11090
11091     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11092         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11093         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11094
11095     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
11096         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
11097         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
11098
11099     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
11100         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
11101         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
11102
11103     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11104         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
11105         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11106
11107     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11108         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
11109         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11110
11111     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
11112         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
11113         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
11114
11115     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
11116         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
11117         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
11118
11119     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11120         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
11121         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11122
11123     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11124         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
11125         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11126
11127     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11128         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
11129         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11130
11131     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11132         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
11133         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11134
11135     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11136         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
11137         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11138
11139     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11140         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
11141         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11142
11143     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11144         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
11145         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11146
11147     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11148         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
11149         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11150
11151     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11152         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
11153         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11154
11155     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
11156         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
11157         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
11158
11159     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11160         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11161         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11162
11163     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11164         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
11165         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11166
11167     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11168         """Detach(self)"""
11169         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11170
11171     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
11172         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
11173         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
11174
11175     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11176         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11177         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11178
11179     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
11180     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11181         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11182         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11183
11184     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
11185     def GetMenus(self):
11186         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
11187         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
11188                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
11189
11190     def SetMenus(self, items):
11191         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
11192         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
11193             self.Remove(i)
11194         for m, l in items:
11195             self.Append(m, l)
11196
11197     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
11198     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
11199     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
11200 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
11201
11202 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11203   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11204   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11205
11206 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
11207   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11208   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
11209
11210 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11211
11212 class MenuItem(Object):
11213     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
11214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11216     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11217         """
11218         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_SEPARATOR, String text=EmptyString,
11219             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
11220             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
11221         """
11222         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
11223     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
11224     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11225     def Destroy(self): pass
11226     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11227         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11228         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11229
11230     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11231         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11232         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11233
11234     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
11235         """SetId(self, int id)"""
11236         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
11237
11238     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
11239         """GetId(self) -> int"""
11240         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
11241
11242     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
11243         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
11244         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
11245
11246     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
11247         """SetText(self, String str)"""
11248         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
11249
11250     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11251         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
11252         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11253
11254     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
11255         """GetText(self) -> String"""
11256         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
11257
11258     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11259         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11260         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11261
11262     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
11263     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11264         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
11265         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11266
11267     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11268         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
11269         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11270
11271     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11272         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
11273         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11274
11275     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11276         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
11277         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11278
11279     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11280         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
11281         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11282
11283     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11284         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11285         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11286
11287     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11288         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11289         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11290
11291     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11292         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
11293         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11294
11295     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11296         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
11297         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11298
11299     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11300         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
11301         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11302
11303     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11304         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
11305         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11306
11307     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
11308         """Toggle(self)"""
11309         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
11310
11311     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11312         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
11313         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11314
11315     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11316         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
11317         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11318
11319     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11320         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
11321         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11322
11323     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11324         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
11325         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11326
11327     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11328         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
11329         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11330
11331     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11332         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11333         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11334
11335     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11336         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
11337         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11338
11339     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11340         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
11341         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11342
11343     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11344         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
11345         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11346
11347     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11348         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
11349         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11350
11351     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11352         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
11353         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11354
11355     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11356         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
11357         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11358
11359     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
11360         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
11361         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
11362
11363     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11364         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
11365         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11366
11367     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11368         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11369         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11370
11371     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11372         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
11373         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11374
11375     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11376         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
11377         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11378
11379     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11380         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11381         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11382
11383     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
11384     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11385         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
11386         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11387
11388     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11389         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
11390         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11391
11392     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11393         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
11394         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11395
11396     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
11397     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
11398     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
11399     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
11400     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
11401     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
11402     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
11403     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
11404     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
11405     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
11406     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
11407     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
11408     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
11409     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
11410 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
11411
11412 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11413   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11414   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11415
11416 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
11417   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11418   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
11419
11420 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11421
11422 class Control(Window):
11423     """
11424     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
11425
11426     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
11427     and/or displays one or more item of data.
11428     """
11429     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11430     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11431     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11432         """
11433         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11434             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11435             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
11436
11437         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
11438         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
11439         """
11440         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
11441         self._setOORInfo(self)
11442
11443     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
11444         """
11445         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11446             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11447             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
11448
11449         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
11450         """
11451         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11452
11453     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11454         """
11455         GetAlignment(self) -> int
11456
11457         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11458         """
11459         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11460
11461     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11462         """
11463         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11464
11465         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11466         """
11467         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11468
11469     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11470         """
11471         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11472
11473         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11474
11475         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11476
11477         """
11478         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11479
11480     def RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11481         """
11482         RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11483
11484         removes the mnemonics characters
11485         """
11486         return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11487
11488     RemoveMnemonics = staticmethod(RemoveMnemonics)
11489     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11490         """
11491         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11492
11493         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11494         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11495         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11496         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11497         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11498
11499         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11500         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11501         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11502         this.
11503         """
11504         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11505
11506     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11507     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11508     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11509 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11510 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11511
11512 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11513     """
11514     PreControl() -> Control
11515
11516     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11517     """
11518     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11519     return val
11520
11521 def Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11522   """
11523     Control_RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11524
11525     removes the mnemonics characters
11526     """
11527   return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11528
11529 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11530   """
11531     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11532
11533     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11534     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11535     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11536     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11537     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11538
11539     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11540     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11541     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11542     this.
11543     """
11544   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11545
11546 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11547
11548 class ItemContainer(object):
11549     """
11550     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11551     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11552     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11553     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11554     this one.
11555
11556     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11557     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11558     all conform to the same interface.
11559
11560     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11561     optionally, client data associated with them.
11562
11563     """
11564     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11565     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11566     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11567     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11568         """
11569         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11570
11571         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11572         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11573         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11574         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11575         """
11576         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11577
11578     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11579         """
11580         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11581
11582         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11583         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11584         need to add a lot of items.
11585         """
11586         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11587
11588     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11589         """
11590         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11591
11592         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11593         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11594         """
11595         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11596
11597     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11598         """
11599         Clear(self)
11600
11601         Removes all items from the control.
11602         """
11603         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11604
11605     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11606         """
11607         Delete(self, int n)
11608
11609         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11610         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11611         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11612         than the number of items in the control.
11613         """
11614         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11615
11616     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11617         """
11618         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
11619
11620         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11621         """
11622         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11623
11624     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11625         """
11626         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
11627
11628         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11629         """
11630         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11631
11632     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11633         """
11634         GetCount(self) -> int
11635
11636         Returns the number of items in the control.
11637         """
11638         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11639
11640     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11641         """
11642         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11643
11644         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11645         """
11646         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11647
11648     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11649         """
11650         GetString(self, int n) -> String
11651
11652         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11653         """
11654         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11655
11656     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11657         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11658         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11659
11660     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11661         """
11662         SetString(self, int n, String s)
11663
11664         Sets the label for the given item.
11665         """
11666         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11667
11668     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11669         """
11670         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11671
11672         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11673         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11674         found.
11675         """
11676         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11677
11678     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11679         """
11680         SetSelection(self, int n)
11681
11682         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11683         """
11684         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11685
11686     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11687         """
11688         GetSelection(self) -> int
11689
11690         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11691         is selected.
11692         """
11693         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11694
11695     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11696         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11697         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11698
11699     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11700         """
11701         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11702
11703         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11704         is selected.
11705         """
11706         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11707
11708     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11709         """
11710         Select(self, int n)
11711
11712         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11713         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11714         """
11715         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11716
11717     def GetItems(self):
11718         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11719         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11720
11721     def SetItems(self, items):
11722         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11723         self.Clear()
11724         for i in items:
11725             self.Append(i)
11726
11727     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11728     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11729     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11730     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11731     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11732 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11733
11734 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11735
11736 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11737     """
11738     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11739     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11740     that have items.
11741     """
11742     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11743     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11744     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11745 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11746
11747 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11748
11749 class SizerFlags(object):
11750     """
11751     Normally, when you add an item to a sizer via `wx.Sizer.Add`, you have
11752     to specify a lot of flags and parameters which can be unwieldy. This
11753     is where wx.SizerFlags comes in: it allows you to specify all
11754     parameters using the named methods instead. For example, instead of::
11755
11756         sizer.Add(ctrl, 0, wx.EXPAND | wx.ALL, 10)
11757
11758     you can now write::
11759
11760         sizer.AddF(ctrl, wx.SizerFlags().Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10))
11761
11762     This is more readable and also allows you to create wx.SizerFlags
11763     objects which can be reused for several sizer items.::
11764
11765         flagsExpand = wx.SizerFlags(1)
11766         flagsExpand.Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10)
11767         sizer.AddF(ctrl1, flagsExpand)
11768         sizer.AddF(ctrl2, flagsExpand)
11769
11770     Note that by specification, all methods of wx.SizerFlags return the
11771     wx.SizerFlags object itself allowing chaining multiple method calls
11772     like in the examples above.
11773     """
11774     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11775     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11776     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11777         """
11778         __init__(self, int proportion=0) -> SizerFlags
11779
11780         Constructs the flags object with the specified proportion.
11781         """
11782         _core_.SizerFlags_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerFlags(*args, **kwargs))
11783     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerFlags
11784     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11785     def Proportion(*args, **kwargs):
11786         """
11787         Proportion(self, int proportion) -> SizerFlags
11788
11789         Sets the item's proportion value.
11790         """
11791         return _core_.SizerFlags_Proportion(*args, **kwargs)
11792
11793     def Align(*args, **kwargs):
11794         """
11795         Align(self, int alignment) -> SizerFlags
11796
11797         Sets the item's alignment
11798         """
11799         return _core_.SizerFlags_Align(*args, **kwargs)
11800
11801     def Expand(*args, **kwargs):
11802         """
11803         Expand(self) -> SizerFlags
11804
11805         Sets the wx.EXPAND flag, which will cause the item to be expanded to
11806         fill as much space as it is given by the sizer.
11807         """
11808         return _core_.SizerFlags_Expand(*args, **kwargs)
11809
11810     def Centre(*args, **kwargs):
11811         """
11812         Centre(self) -> SizerFlags
11813
11814         Same as `Center` for those with an alternate dialect of English.
11815         """
11816         return _core_.SizerFlags_Centre(*args, **kwargs)
11817
11818     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
11819         """
11820         Center(self) -> SizerFlags
11821
11822         Sets the centering alignment flags.
11823         """
11824         return _core_.SizerFlags_Center(*args, **kwargs)
11825
11826     def Left(*args, **kwargs):
11827         """
11828         Left(self) -> SizerFlags
11829
11830         Aligns the object to the left, a shortcut for calling
11831         Align(wx.ALIGN_LEFT)
11832         """
11833         return _core_.SizerFlags_Left(*args, **kwargs)
11834
11835     def Right(*args, **kwargs):
11836         """
11837         Right(self) -> SizerFlags
11838
11839         Aligns the object to the right, a shortcut for calling
11840         Align(wx.ALIGN_RIGHT)
11841         """
11842         return _core_.SizerFlags_Right(*args, **kwargs)
11843
11844     def Top(*args, **kwargs):
11845         """
11846         Top(self) -> SizerFlags
11847
11848         Aligns the object to the top of the available space, a shortcut for
11849         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_TOP)
11850         """
11851         return _core_.SizerFlags_Top(*args, **kwargs)
11852
11853     def Bottom(*args, **kwargs):
11854         """
11855         Bottom(self) -> SizerFlags
11856
11857         Aligns the object to the bottom of the available space, a shortcut for
11858         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_BOTTOM)
11859         """
11860         return _core_.SizerFlags_Bottom(*args, **kwargs)
11861
11862     def Shaped(*args, **kwargs):
11863         """
11864         Shaped(self) -> SizerFlags
11865
11866         Sets the wx.SHAPED flag.
11867         """
11868         return _core_.SizerFlags_Shaped(*args, **kwargs)
11869
11870     def FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11871         """
11872         FixedMinSize(self) -> SizerFlags
11873
11874         Sets the wx.FIXED_MINSIZE flag.
11875         """
11876         return _core_.SizerFlags_FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11877
11878     def Border(*args, **kwargs):
11879         """
11880         Border(self, int direction=ALL, int borderInPixels=-1) -> SizerFlags
11881
11882         Sets the border of the item in the direction(s) or sides given by the
11883         direction parameter.  If the borderInPixels value is not given then
11884         the default border size (see `GetDefaultBorder`) will be used.
11885         """
11886         return _core_.SizerFlags_Border(*args, **kwargs)
11887
11888     def DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11889         """
11890         DoubleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11891
11892         Sets the border in the given direction to twice the default border
11893         size.
11894         """
11895         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11896
11897     def TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11898         """
11899         TripleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11900
11901         Sets the border in the given direction to three times the default
11902         border size.
11903         """
11904         return _core_.SizerFlags_TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11905
11906     def HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11907         """
11908         HorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11909
11910         Sets the left and right borders to the default border size.
11911         """
11912         return _core_.SizerFlags_HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11913
11914     def DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11915         """
11916         DoubleHorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11917
11918         Sets the left and right borders to twice the default border size.
11919         """
11920         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11921
11922     def GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11923         """
11924         GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11925
11926         Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11927         """
11928         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11929
11930     GetDefaultBorder = staticmethod(GetDefaultBorder)
11931     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11932         """
11933         GetProportion(self) -> int
11934
11935         Returns the proportion value to be used in the sizer item.
11936         """
11937         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11938
11939     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
11940         """
11941         GetFlags(self) -> int
11942
11943         Returns the flags value to be used in the sizer item.
11944         """
11945         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
11946
11947     def GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs):
11948         """
11949         GetBorderInPixels(self) -> int
11950
11951         Returns the border value in pixels to be used in the sizer item.
11952         """
11953         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs)
11954
11955 _core_.SizerFlags_swigregister(SizerFlags)
11956
11957 def SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args):
11958   """
11959     SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11960
11961     Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11962     """
11963   return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args)
11964
11965 class SizerItem(Object):
11966     """
11967     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11968     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11969     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11970     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11971     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11972     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11973     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11974     layout.
11975
11976     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11977     """
11978     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11979     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11980     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11981         """
11982         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11983
11984         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11985         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11986
11987         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11988         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11989         methods are called.
11990
11991         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11992         """
11993         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11994     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11995     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11996     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11997         """
11998         DeleteWindows(self)
11999
12000         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
12001         of item.
12002         """
12003         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12004
12005     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12006         """
12007         DetachSizer(self)
12008
12009         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
12010         """
12011         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12012
12013     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12014         """
12015         GetSize(self) -> Size
12016
12017         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12018         """
12019         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12020
12021     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12022         """
12023         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12024
12025         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
12026         needed by borders.
12027         """
12028         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12029
12030     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12031         """
12032         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
12033
12034         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
12035         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
12036         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
12037         account.
12038         """
12039         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12040
12041     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12042         """
12043         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12044
12045         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
12046         """
12047         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12048
12049     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12050         """
12051         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
12052
12053         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
12054         added, if needed.
12055         """
12056         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12057
12058     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
12059         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
12060         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
12061
12062     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
12063         """
12064         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
12065
12066         Set the ratio item attribute.
12067         """
12068         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
12069
12070     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
12071         """
12072         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
12073
12074         Set the ratio item attribute.
12075         """
12076         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
12077
12078     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12079         """
12080         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
12081
12082         Set the ratio item attribute.
12083         """
12084         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12085
12086     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12087         """
12088         GetRatio(self) -> float
12089
12090         Set the ratio item attribute.
12091         """
12092         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12093
12094     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
12095         """
12096         GetRect(self) -> Rect
12097
12098         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
12099         """
12100         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
12101
12102     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12103         """
12104         IsWindow(self) -> bool
12105
12106         Is this sizer item a window?
12107         """
12108         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12109
12110     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12111         """
12112         IsSizer(self) -> bool
12113
12114         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
12115         """
12116         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12117
12118     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12119         """
12120         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
12121
12122         Is this sizer item a spacer?
12123         """
12124         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12125
12126     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12127         """
12128         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
12129
12130         Set the proportion value for this item.
12131         """
12132         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12133
12134     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12135         """
12136         GetProportion(self) -> int
12137
12138         Get the proportion value for this item.
12139         """
12140         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12141
12142     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
12143     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
12144     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12145         """
12146         SetFlag(self, int flag)
12147
12148         Set the flag value for this item.
12149         """
12150         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12151
12152     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12153         """
12154         GetFlag(self) -> int
12155
12156         Get the flag value for this item.
12157         """
12158         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12159
12160     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12161         """
12162         SetBorder(self, int border)
12163
12164         Set the border value for this item.
12165         """
12166         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12167
12168     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12169         """
12170         GetBorder(self) -> int
12171
12172         Get the border value for this item.
12173         """
12174         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12175
12176     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12177         """
12178         GetWindow(self) -> Window
12179
12180         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12181         """
12182         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12183
12184     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12185         """
12186         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
12187
12188         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12189         """
12190         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12191
12192     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12193         """
12194         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
12195
12196         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
12197         """
12198         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12199
12200     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12201         """
12202         SetWindow(self, Window window)
12203
12204         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12205         """
12206         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12207
12208     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12209         """
12210         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12211
12212         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12213         """
12214         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12215
12216     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12217         """
12218         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
12219
12220         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12221         """
12222         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12223
12224     SetWindow = wx._deprecated(SetWindow, "Use `AssignWindow` instead.")
12225     SetSizer = wx._deprecated(SetSizer,   "Use `AssignSizer` instead.")
12226     SetSpacer = wx._deprecated(SetSpacer, "Use `AssignSpacer` instead.")
12227
12228     def AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12229         """
12230         AssignWindow(self, Window window)
12231
12232         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12233         """
12234         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12235
12236     def AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12237         """
12238         AssignSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12239
12240         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12241         """
12242         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12243
12244     def AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12245         """
12246         AssignSpacer(self, Size size)
12247
12248         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12249         """
12250         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12251
12252     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12253         """
12254         Show(self, bool show)
12255
12256         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
12257         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
12258         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
12259         """
12260         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12261
12262     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12263         """
12264         IsShown(self) -> bool
12265
12266         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
12267         """
12268         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12269
12270     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12271         """
12272         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12273
12274         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12275         """
12276         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12277
12278     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12279         """
12280         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
12281
12282         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
12283         isn't any.
12284         """
12285         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12286
12287     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12288         """
12289         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
12290
12291         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
12292         """
12293         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12294
12295     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
12296     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
12297     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
12298     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
12299     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12300     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
12301     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
12302     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
12303     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12304     Sizer = property(GetSizer,AssignSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `AssignSizer`")
12305     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,AssignSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `AssignSpacer`")
12306     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
12307     Window = property(GetWindow,AssignWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `AssignWindow`")
12308 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
12309
12310 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12311     """
12312     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12313         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12314
12315     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
12316     """
12317     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12318     return val
12319
12320 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12321     """
12322     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12323         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12324
12325     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
12326     """
12327     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12328     return val
12329
12330 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12331     """
12332     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12333         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12334
12335     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
12336     """
12337     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12338     return val
12339
12340 class Sizer(Object):
12341     """
12342     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
12343     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
12344     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
12345     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
12346     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12347
12348     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
12349     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
12350     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
12351     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
12352     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
12353     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
12354     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
12355     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
12356     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
12357     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
12358     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
12359     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
12360     compared to a real window on screen.
12361
12362     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
12363     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
12364     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
12365     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
12366     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
12367     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
12368     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
12369     """
12370     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12371     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12372     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12373     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
12374     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12375     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12376         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
12377         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12378
12379     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12380         """
12381         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12382             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12383
12384         Appends a child item to the sizer.
12385         """
12386         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12387
12388     def AddF(*args, **kwargs):
12389         """
12390         AddF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12391
12392         Similar to `Add` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class for
12393         setting the various flags, options and borders.
12394         """
12395         return _core_.Sizer_AddF(*args, **kwargs)
12396
12397     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
12398         """
12399         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12400             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12401
12402         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
12403         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12404         """
12405         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
12406
12407     def InsertF(*args, **kwargs):
12408         """
12409         InsertF(self, int before, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12410
12411         Similar to `Insert`, but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12412         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12413         """
12414         return _core_.Sizer_InsertF(*args, **kwargs)
12415
12416     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
12417         """
12418         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12419             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12420
12421         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
12422         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12423         """
12424         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
12425
12426     def PrependF(*args, **kwargs):
12427         """
12428         PrependF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12429
12430         Similar to `Prepend` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12431         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12432         """
12433         return _core_.Sizer_PrependF(*args, **kwargs)
12434
12435     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
12436         """
12437         Remove(self, item) -> bool
12438
12439         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
12440         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
12441         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
12442         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
12443         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
12444         and removed.
12445         """
12446         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
12447
12448     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
12449         """
12450         Detach(self, item) -> bool
12451
12452         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
12453         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
12454         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12455         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
12456         was found and detached.
12457         """
12458         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
12459
12460     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
12461         """
12462         GetItem(self, item, recursive=False) -> wx.SizerItem
12463
12464         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
12465         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12466         the item to be found.
12467         """
12468         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
12469
12470     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12471         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
12472         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12473
12474     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
12475         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12476         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
12477
12478     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12479         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12480         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12481
12482     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
12483         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
12484         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
12485
12486     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
12487         """
12488         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
12489         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
12490         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
12491         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
12492         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
12493         element recursivly in subsizers.
12494
12495         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
12496         call `Layout` to do so.
12497
12498         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
12499         """
12500         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
12501             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
12502         elif isinstance(olditem, wx.Sizer):
12503             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
12504         elif isinstance(olditem, int):
12505             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
12506         else:
12507             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
12508
12509     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12510         """
12511         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
12512
12513         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
12514         """
12515         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12516
12517     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12518         """
12519         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
12520
12521         Get the window this sizer is used in.
12522         """
12523         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12524
12525     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
12526         """
12527         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
12528
12529         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
12530         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12531         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
12532         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
12533         """
12534         if len(args) == 2:
12535             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
12536             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
12537         else:
12538             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
12539
12540     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12541         """
12542         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
12543
12544         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12545         """
12546         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12547
12548     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
12549         """
12550         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
12551
12552         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
12553         """
12554         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
12555
12556     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
12557         """
12558         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
12559
12560         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12561         """
12562         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
12563
12564     def AddMany(self, items):
12565         """
12566         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
12567         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
12568         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
12569         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
12570         """
12571         for item in items:
12572             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
12573                 item = (item, )
12574             self.Add(*item)
12575
12576     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12577         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12578
12579         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
12580         """
12581         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12582             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12583         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
12584             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12585     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12586         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12587
12588         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
12589         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12590             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12591         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
12592             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12593     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
12594         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
12595
12596         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
12597         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12598             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12599         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
12600             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
12601
12602
12603     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12604         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12605
12606         Add a stretchable spacer."""
12607         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
12608     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12609         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12610
12611         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
12612         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
12613     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
12614         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12615
12616         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
12617         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
12618
12619
12620     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
12621     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12622         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12623         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12624     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12625         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12626         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12627
12628     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12629         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12630         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12631     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12632         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12633         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12634
12635     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12636         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12637         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12638     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12639         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12640         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12641
12642     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12643         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12644         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12645     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12646         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12647         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12648     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
12649         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12650         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12651
12652
12653     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12654         """
12655         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
12656
12657         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
12658         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
12659         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
12660         methods.
12661         """
12662         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12663
12664     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12665         """
12666         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
12667
12668         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
12669         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
12670         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
12671         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
12672         here, depending on which is bigger.
12673         """
12674         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12675
12676     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12677         """
12678         GetSize(self) -> Size
12679
12680         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
12681         """
12682         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12683
12684     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12685         """
12686         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12687
12688         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
12689         """
12690         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12691
12692     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12693         """
12694         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12695
12696         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
12697         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
12698         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
12699         """
12700         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12701
12702     def GetSizeTuple(self):
12703         return self.GetSize().Get()
12704     def GetPositionTuple(self):
12705         return self.GetPosition().Get()
12706     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
12707         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
12708
12709     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
12710         """
12711         RecalcSizes(self)
12712
12713         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
12714         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
12715         it is called by `Layout`.
12716         """
12717         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
12718
12719     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12720         """
12721         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12722
12723         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
12724         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
12725         it is called by `Layout`.
12726         """
12727         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12728
12729     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
12730         """
12731         Layout(self)
12732
12733         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
12734         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
12735         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
12736         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
12737         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
12738         removed.
12739         """
12740         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12741
12742     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12743         """
12744         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12745
12746         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12747         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12748         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12749         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12750
12751         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12752         """
12753         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12754
12755     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12756         """
12757         FitInside(self, Window window)
12758
12759         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12760         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12761         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12762         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12763
12764         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12765
12766         """
12767         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12768
12769     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12770         """
12771         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12772
12773         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12774         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12775         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12776         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12777         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12778         required by the sizer.
12779         """
12780         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12781
12782     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12783         """
12784         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12785
12786         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12787         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12788         this will set them appropriately.
12789
12790         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12791
12792         """
12793         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12794
12795     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12796         """
12797         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12798
12799         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12800         as well.
12801         """
12802         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12803
12804     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12805         """
12806         DeleteWindows(self)
12807
12808         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12809         """
12810         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12811
12812     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12813         """
12814         GetChildren(self) -> list
12815
12816         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12817         """
12818         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12819
12820     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12821         """
12822         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12823
12824         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12825         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12826         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12827         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12828         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12829         """
12830         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12831
12832     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12833         """
12834         IsShown(self, item)
12835
12836         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12837         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12838         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12839         the item.
12840         """
12841         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12842
12843     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12844         """
12845         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12846         """
12847         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12848
12849     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12850         """
12851         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12852
12853         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12854         """
12855         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12856
12857     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12858     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12859     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12860     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12861     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12862 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12863
12864 class PySizer(Sizer):
12865     """
12866     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12867     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12868     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12869     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12870     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12871     For example::
12872
12873         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12874              def __init__(self):
12875                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12876
12877              def CalcMin(self):
12878                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12879                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12880                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12881                       # layout algorithm.
12882                       ...
12883                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12884
12885               def RecalcSizes(self):
12886                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12887                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12888                   size = self.GetSize()
12889                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12890                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12891                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12892                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12893                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12894                       ...
12895                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12896
12897
12898     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12899     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12900     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12901
12902     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12903
12904
12905     """
12906     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12907     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12908     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12909         """
12910         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12911
12912         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12913         class.
12914         """
12915         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12916         self._setOORInfo(self);PySizer._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PySizer)
12917
12918     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12919         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12920         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12921
12922 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12923
12924 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12925
12926 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12927     """
12928     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12929     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12930     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12931     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12932     parameter passed to the constructor.
12933     """
12934     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12935     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12936     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12937         """
12938         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12939
12940         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12941         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12942         sizer.
12943         """
12944         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12945         self._setOORInfo(self)
12946
12947     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12948         """
12949         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12950
12951         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12952         """
12953         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12954
12955     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12956         """
12957         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12958
12959         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12960         """
12961         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12962
12963     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12964 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12965
12966 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12967
12968 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12969     """
12970     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12971     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12972     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12973     passed to the sizer constructor.
12974     """
12975     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12976     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12977     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12978         """
12979         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12980
12981         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12982         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12983         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12984         """
12985         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12986         self._setOORInfo(self)
12987
12988     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12989         """
12990         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12991
12992         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12993         """
12994         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12995
12996     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12997 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12998
12999 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13000
13001 class GridSizer(Sizer):
13002     """
13003     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13004     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
13005     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
13006     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
13007     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
13008     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
13009
13010     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
13011     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
13012     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
13013     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
13014     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
13015     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
13016
13017     """
13018     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13019     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13020     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13021         """
13022         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
13023
13024         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
13025         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
13026         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13027         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13028         define extra space between all children.
13029         """
13030         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13031         self._setOORInfo(self)
13032
13033     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13034         """
13035         SetCols(self, int cols)
13036
13037         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
13038         """
13039         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13040
13041     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13042         """
13043         SetRows(self, int rows)
13044
13045         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
13046         """
13047         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13048
13049     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13050         """
13051         SetVGap(self, int gap)
13052
13053         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13054         """
13055         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13056
13057     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13058         """
13059         SetHGap(self, int gap)
13060
13061         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
13062         """
13063         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13064
13065     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13066         """
13067         GetCols(self) -> int
13068
13069         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
13070         """
13071         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13072
13073     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13074         """
13075         GetRows(self) -> int
13076
13077         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
13078         """
13079         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13080
13081     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13082         """
13083         GetVGap(self) -> int
13084
13085         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13086         """
13087         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13088
13089     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13090         """
13091         GetHGap(self) -> int
13092
13093         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
13094         """
13095         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13096
13097     def CalcRowsCols(self):
13098         """
13099         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
13100
13101         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
13102         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
13103         in the constructor.
13104         """
13105         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
13106         rows = self.GetRows()
13107         cols = self.GetCols()
13108         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
13109         if cols != 0:
13110             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
13111         elif rows != 0:
13112             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
13113         return (rows, cols)
13114
13115     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
13116     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
13117     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
13118     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
13119 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
13120
13121 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13122
13123 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
13124 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
13125 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
13126 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
13127     """
13128     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13129     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
13130     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
13131     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
13132     the `wx.GridSizer`.
13133
13134     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
13135     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
13136     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
13137     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
13138     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
13139     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
13140
13141
13142     """
13143     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13144     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13145     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13146         """
13147         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
13148
13149         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
13150         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
13151         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13152         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13153         define extra space between all children.
13154         """
13155         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13156         self._setOORInfo(self)
13157
13158     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13159         """
13160         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13161
13162         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
13163         is extra space available to the sizer.
13164
13165         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13166         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13167         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13168         """
13169         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13170
13171     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13172         """
13173         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
13174
13175         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
13176         """
13177         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13178
13179     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13180         """
13181         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13182
13183         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
13184         there is extra space available to the sizer.
13185
13186         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13187         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13188         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13189         """
13190         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13191
13192     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13193         """
13194         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
13195
13196         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
13197         """
13198         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13199
13200     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13201         """
13202         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
13203
13204         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
13205         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
13206         other value is ignored.
13207
13208             ==============    =======================================
13209             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
13210             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
13211             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
13212                               (this is the default value).
13213             ==============    =======================================
13214
13215         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13216
13217         """
13218         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13219
13220     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13221         """
13222         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
13223
13224         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
13225         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
13226
13227         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
13228         """
13229         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13230
13231     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13232         """
13233         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
13234
13235         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
13236         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
13237         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
13238
13239             ==========================  =================================================
13240             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
13241             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
13242                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
13243                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
13244                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
13245             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
13246                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
13247                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
13248             ==========================  =================================================
13249
13250         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13251         """
13252         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13253
13254     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13255         """
13256         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
13257
13258         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
13259         non-flexible direction if there is one.
13260
13261         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
13262         """
13263         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13264
13265     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
13266         """
13267         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
13268
13269         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
13270         rows in the sizer.
13271         """
13272         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
13273
13274     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
13275         """
13276         GetColWidths(self) -> list
13277
13278         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
13279         columns in the sizer.
13280         """
13281         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
13282
13283     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
13284     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
13285     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
13286     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
13287 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
13288
13289 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
13290     """
13291     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
13292     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
13293     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
13294     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
13295     will take care of the rest.
13296
13297     """
13298     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13299     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13300     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13301         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
13302         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13303     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
13304         """
13305         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
13306
13307         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
13308         method in the base class.
13309         """
13310         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
13311
13312     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
13313         """
13314         Realize(self)
13315
13316         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
13317         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
13318         specifc manner.
13319         """
13320         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
13321
13322     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13323         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13324         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13325
13326     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13327         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13328         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13329
13330     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13331         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13332         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13333
13334     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13335         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13336         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13337
13338     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
13339         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13340         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
13341
13342     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13343         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13344         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13345
13346     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13347         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13348         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13349
13350     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
13351         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13352         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
13353
13354     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
13355     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
13356     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
13357     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
13358     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
13359 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
13360
13361 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13362
13363 class GBPosition(object):
13364     """
13365     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13366     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13367     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13368     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13369     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13370     """
13371     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13372     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13373     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13374         """
13375         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
13376
13377         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13378         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13379         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13380         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13381         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13382         """
13383         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
13384     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
13385     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13386     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13387         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
13388         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13389
13390     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13391         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
13392         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13393
13394     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13395         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
13396         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13397
13398     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13399         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
13400         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13401
13402     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13403         """
13404         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13405
13406         Compare GBPosition for equality.
13407         """
13408         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13409
13410     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13411         """
13412         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13413
13414         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
13415         """
13416         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13417
13418     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13419         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
13420         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13421
13422     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13423         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13424         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13425
13426     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13427     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13428     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
13429     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13430     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13431     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13432         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
13433         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
13434         else: raise IndexError
13435     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13436     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13437     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
13438
13439     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
13440     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
13441
13442 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
13443
13444 class GBSpan(object):
13445     """
13446     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
13447     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
13448     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
13449     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
13450     nearly transparently in Python code.
13451
13452     """
13453     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13454     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13455     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13456         """
13457         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
13458
13459         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
13460         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
13461         cell in each direction.
13462         """
13463         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
13464     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
13465     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13466     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13467         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
13468         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13469
13470     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13471         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
13472         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13473
13474     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13475         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
13476         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13477
13478     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13479         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
13480         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13481
13482     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13483         """
13484         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13485
13486         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
13487         """
13488         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13489
13490     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13491         """
13492         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13493
13494         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
13495         """
13496         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13497
13498     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13499         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
13500         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13501
13502     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13503         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13504         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13505
13506     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13507     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13508     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
13509     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13510     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13511     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13512         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
13513         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
13514         else: raise IndexError
13515     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13516     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13517     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
13518
13519     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
13520     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
13521
13522 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
13523
13524 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
13525     """
13526     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
13527     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
13528     and how many rows or columns it spans.
13529
13530     """
13531     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13532     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13533     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13534         """
13535         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
13536
13537         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
13538         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
13539         item can be used in a Sizer.
13540
13541         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
13542         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
13543         """
13544         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
13545     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
13546     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13547     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13548         """
13549         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
13550
13551         Get the grid position of the item
13552         """
13553         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13554
13555     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
13556     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13557         """
13558         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
13559
13560         Get the row and column spanning of the item
13561         """
13562         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13563
13564     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
13565     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13566         """
13567         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13568
13569         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13570         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
13571         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
13572         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
13573         """
13574         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13575
13576     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13577         """
13578         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
13579
13580         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13581         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
13582         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
13583         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
13584
13585         """
13586         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13587
13588     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
13589         """
13590         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
13591
13592         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
13593         """
13594         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
13595
13596     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
13597         """
13598         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
13599
13600         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
13601         """
13602         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
13603
13604     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
13605         """
13606         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
13607
13608         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
13609         """
13610         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
13611
13612     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13613         """
13614         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
13615
13616         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
13617         """
13618         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13619
13620     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13621         """
13622         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
13623
13624         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
13625         """
13626         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13627
13628     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
13629     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
13630     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
13631     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
13632 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
13633 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
13634
13635 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13636     """
13637     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13638         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13639
13640     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
13641     """
13642     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13643     return val
13644
13645 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13646     """
13647     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13648         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13649
13650     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
13651     """
13652     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13653     return val
13654
13655 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
13656     """
13657     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
13658         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13659
13660     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
13661     """
13662     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
13663     return val
13664
13665 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
13666     """
13667     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
13668     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
13669     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
13670     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
13671     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
13672     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
13673
13674     """
13675     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13676     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13677     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13678         """
13679         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
13680
13681         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
13682         rows and columns.
13683         """
13684         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13685         self._setOORInfo(self)
13686
13687     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
13688         """
13689         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
13690         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13691
13692         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
13693         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
13694         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
13695
13696         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
13697         position, False if something was already there.
13698
13699         """
13700         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
13701
13702     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
13703         """
13704         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13705
13706         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
13707         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
13708         something was already there.
13709         """
13710         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
13711
13712     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13713         """
13714         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
13715
13716         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
13717         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
13718         """
13719         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13720
13721     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13722         """
13723         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
13724
13725         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13726         """
13727         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13728
13729     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13730         """
13731         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
13732
13733         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13734         """
13735         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13736
13737     def GetItemPosition(*args):
13738         """
13739         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13740
13741         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13742         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13743         index of an item.
13744         """
13745         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13746
13747     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13748         """
13749         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13750
13751         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13752         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13753         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13754         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13755
13756         """
13757         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13758
13759     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13760         """
13761         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13762
13763         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13764         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13765         zero-based index of an item.
13766         """
13767         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13768
13769     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13770         """
13771         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13772
13773         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13774         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13775         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13776         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13777         """
13778         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13779
13780     def FindItem(*args):
13781         """
13782         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13783
13784         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13785         not found. (non-recursive)
13786         """
13787         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13788
13789     def GetItem(self, item):
13790         gbsi = None
13791         si = wx.FlexGridSizer.GetItem(self, item)
13792         if not si:
13793             return None
13794         if type(item) is not int:
13795             gbsi = self.FindItem(item)
13796         if gbsi: return gbsi
13797         return si
13798
13799     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13800         """
13801         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13802
13803         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13804         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13805         """
13806         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13807
13808     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13809         """
13810         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13811
13812         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13813         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13814         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13815         layout. (non-recursive)
13816         """
13817         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13818
13819     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13820         """
13821         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13822
13823         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13824         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13825         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13826         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13827         position of.
13828
13829         """
13830         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13831
13832     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13833         """
13834         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13835
13836         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13837         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13838         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13839         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13840         position of.
13841         """
13842         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13843
13844 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13845
13846 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13847
13848 Left = _core_.Left
13849 Top = _core_.Top
13850 Right = _core_.Right
13851 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13852 Width = _core_.Width
13853 Height = _core_.Height
13854 Centre = _core_.Centre
13855 Center = _core_.Center
13856 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13857 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13858 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13859 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13860 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13861 Above = _core_.Above
13862 Below = _core_.Below
13863 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13864 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13865 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13866 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13867 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13868     """
13869     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13870     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13871     You will never need to create an instance of
13872     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13873     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13874     that it contains.
13875     """
13876     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13877     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13878     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13879     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13880         """
13881         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13882
13883         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13884         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13885         """
13886         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13887
13888     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13889         """
13890         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13891
13892         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13893         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13894         other window.
13895         """
13896         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13897
13898     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13899         """
13900         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13901
13902         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13903         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13904         other window.
13905         """
13906         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13907
13908     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13909         """
13910         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13911
13912         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13913         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13914         window.
13915         """
13916         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13917
13918     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13919         """
13920         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13921
13922         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13923         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13924         window.
13925         """
13926         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13927
13928     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13929         """
13930         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13931
13932         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13933         given window, with an optional margin.
13934         """
13935         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13936
13937     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13938         """
13939         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13940
13941         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13942         window, with an optional margin.
13943         """
13944         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13945
13946     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13947         """
13948         Absolute(self, int val)
13949
13950         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13951         """
13952         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13953
13954     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13955         """
13956         Unconstrained(self)
13957
13958         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13959         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13960         """
13961         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13962
13963     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13964         """
13965         AsIs(self)
13966
13967         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13968         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13969         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13970         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13971         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13972         button label.
13973         """
13974         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13975
13976     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13977         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13978         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13979
13980     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13981         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13982         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13983
13984     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13985         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13986         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13987
13988     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13989         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13990         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13991
13992     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13993         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13994         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13995
13996     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13997         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13998         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13999
14000     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
14001         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
14002         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
14003
14004     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
14005         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
14006         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
14007
14008     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14009         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
14010         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14011
14012     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14013         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
14014         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14015
14016     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14017         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
14018         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14019
14020     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14021         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
14022         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14023
14024     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14025         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
14026         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14027
14028     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
14029         """
14030         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
14031
14032         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
14033         """
14034         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
14035
14036     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
14037         """
14038         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
14039
14040         Try to satisfy constraint
14041         """
14042         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
14043
14044     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14045         """
14046         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
14047
14048         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
14049         is not determinable, -1.
14050         """
14051         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14052
14053     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
14054     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
14055     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
14056     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
14057     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
14058     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
14059     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
14060     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
14061 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
14062
14063 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
14064     """
14065     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
14066     instead.
14067
14068     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
14069     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
14070
14071     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
14072     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
14073     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
14074
14075         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
14076         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
14077         * top: represents the top edge of the window
14078         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
14079         * width: represents the width of the window
14080         * height: represents the height of the window
14081         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
14082         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
14083
14084     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
14085     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
14086     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
14087     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
14088     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
14089     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
14090     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
14091
14092     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
14093
14094     """
14095     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
14096     __repr__ = _swig_repr
14097     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
14098     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
14099     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
14100     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
14101     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
14102     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
14103     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
14104     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
14105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
14106         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
14107         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
14108     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
14109     __del__ = lambda self : None;
14110     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
14111         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
14112         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
14113
14114     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
14115         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
14116         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
14117
14118 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
14119
14120 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14121
14122 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
14123 try:
14124     True
14125 except NameError:
14126     __builtins__.True = 1==1
14127     __builtins__.False = 1==0
14128     def bool(value): return not not value
14129     __builtins__.bool = bool
14130
14131
14132
14133 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
14134 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
14135 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
14136 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
14137
14138
14139 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14140 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
14141 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
14142
14143 from __version__ import *
14144 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
14145
14146 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14147 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14148 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
14149     import warnings
14150     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
14151
14152
14153 def version():
14154     """Returns a string containing version and port info"""
14155     ctype = wx.USE_UNICODE and 'unicode' or 'ansi'
14156     if wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__':
14157         port = 'msw'
14158     elif wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__':
14159         port = 'mac'
14160     elif wx.Platform == '__WXGTK__':
14161         port = 'gtk'
14162         if 'gtk2' in wx.PlatformInfo:
14163             port = 'gtk2'
14164     else:
14165         port = '?'
14166
14167     return "%s (%s-%s)" % (wx.VERSION_STRING, port, ctype)
14168
14169
14170 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14171
14172 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
14173 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
14174 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
14175 # encoding we need to use as well.)
14176 #
14177 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
14178 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
14179 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
14180 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
14181 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
14182 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
14183
14184 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14185 if default == 'ascii':
14186     import locale
14187     import codecs
14188     try:
14189         if hasattr(locale, 'getpreferredencoding'):
14190             default = locale.getpreferredencoding()
14191         else:
14192             default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
14193         codecs.lookup(default)
14194     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
14195         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14196     del locale
14197     del codecs
14198 if default:
14199     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
14200 del default
14201
14202 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14203
14204 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
14205     pass
14206
14207 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
14208     """
14209     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
14210     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
14211     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
14212     """
14213     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
14214     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
14215
14216     def __repr__(self):
14217         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14218             self._name = "[unknown]"
14219         return self.reprStr % self._name
14220
14221     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14222         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14223             self._name = "[unknown]"
14224         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
14225
14226     def __nonzero__(self):
14227         return 0
14228
14229
14230
14231 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
14232     pass
14233
14234 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
14235     """
14236     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
14237     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
14238     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
14239     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
14240     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
14241     is ready.
14242     """
14243
14244     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
14245     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
14246
14247     def __repr__(self):
14248         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14249         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14250         return self.reprStr #% self._name
14251
14252     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14253         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14254         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14255         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
14256
14257     def __nonzero__(self):
14258         return 0
14259
14260
14261 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14262
14263 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
14264     """
14265     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
14266     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
14267     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
14268     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
14269
14270     :see: `wx.CallLater`
14271     """
14272     app = wx.GetApp()
14273     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
14274
14275     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
14276         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
14277         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
14278                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
14279     evt = wx.PyEvent()
14280     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
14281     evt.callable = callable
14282     evt.args = args
14283     evt.kw = kw
14284     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
14285
14286 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14287
14288
14289 class CallLater:
14290     """
14291     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
14292     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
14293     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
14294     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
14295
14296     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
14297     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
14298     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
14299     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
14300     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
14301     object.
14302
14303     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
14304     """
14305     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
14306         self.millis = millis
14307         self.callable = callable
14308         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14309         self.runCount = 0
14310         self.running = False
14311         self.hasRun = False
14312         self.result = None
14313         self.timer = None
14314         self.Start()
14315
14316     def __del__(self):
14317         self.Stop()
14318
14319
14320     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
14321         """
14322         (Re)start the timer
14323         """
14324         self.hasRun = False
14325         if millis is not None:
14326             self.millis = millis
14327         if args or kwargs:
14328             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14329         self.Stop()
14330         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
14331         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
14332         self.running = True
14333     Restart = Start
14334
14335
14336     def Stop(self):
14337         """
14338         Stop and destroy the timer.
14339         """
14340         if self.timer is not None:
14341             self.timer.Stop()
14342             self.timer = None
14343
14344
14345     def GetInterval(self):
14346         if self.timer is not None:
14347             return self.timer.GetInterval()
14348         else:
14349             return 0
14350
14351
14352     def IsRunning(self):
14353         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
14354
14355
14356     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
14357         """
14358         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
14359         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
14360         new call to the same callable object but with different
14361         parameters.
14362         """
14363         self.args = args
14364         self.kwargs = kwargs
14365
14366
14367     def HasRun(self):
14368         return self.hasRun
14369
14370     def GetResult(self):
14371         return self.result
14372
14373     def Notify(self):
14374         """
14375         The timer has expired so call the callable.
14376         """
14377         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
14378             self.runCount += 1
14379             self.running = False
14380             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
14381         self.hasRun = True
14382         if not self.running:
14383             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
14384             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
14385
14386     Interval = property(GetInterval)
14387     Result = property(GetResult)
14388
14389
14390 class FutureCall(CallLater):
14391     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
14392
14393 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14394 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
14395 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
14396 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
14397 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
14398 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
14399 # where they should be used.
14400
14401 class __DocFilter:
14402     """
14403     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
14404     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
14405     """
14406     def __init__(self, globals):
14407         self._globals = globals
14408
14409     def __call__(self, name):
14410         import types
14411         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
14412
14413         # only document classes and function
14414         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
14415             return False
14416
14417         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
14418         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
14419             return False
14420
14421         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
14422         if name.find('_') != -1:
14423             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
14424             methname = name.split('_')[1]
14425             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
14426                 return False
14427
14428         return True
14429
14430 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14431 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14432
14433 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
14434 # "core" wx namespace
14435 from _gdi import *
14436 from _windows import *
14437 from _controls import *
14438 from _misc import *
14439
14440 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14441 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14442
14443
14444